California Proposition 65 Warning
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 0 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
00X31-TZ5-6210 2016 MDX Owner's Manual Ver.2 BOM01663
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3
and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 1 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 27
For Safe Driving P. 28 Seat Belts P. 33 Airbags P. 41
2 Instrument Panel P. 71
Indicators P. 72 Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) P. 110
2 Controls P. 127
Clock P. 128 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 129
Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 154
Adjusting the Seats P. 175
2 Features P. 213
Audio System P. 214 Audio System Basic Operation P. 218
Customized Features P. 263 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 282
2 Driving P. 321
Before Driving P. 322 Towing a Trailer P. 327
Parking Your Vehicle P. 425
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
P. 434
2 Maintenance P. 439
Before Performing Maintenance P. 440 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 443
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 465
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care
*
P. 482
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 491
Tools P. 492 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 493
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 519 Fuses P. 523
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 533
2 Information P. 535
Specifications P. 536 Identification Numbers P. 538
Emissions Testing P. 541 Warranty Coverages P. 543
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 2 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Contents
Child Safety P. 56 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 68 Safety Labels P. 69
Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 142 Security System P. 149 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 152
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 155 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 186 Climate Control System P. 200
Audio Error Messages P. 254 General Information on the Audio System P. 259
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 284 Compass
*
P. 318
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 338 When Driving P. 340 Braking P. 412
Refueling P. 435 Fuel Economy P. 437 Accessories and Modifications P. 438
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 447 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 459
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 469 Battery P. 478 Remote Transmitter Care P. 480
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 484 Cleaning P. 485
Engine Does Not Start P. 512 Jump Starting P. 515 Overheating P. 517
Emergency Towing P. 531 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 532
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 539 Reporting Safety Defects P. 540
Authorized Manuals P. 545 Client Service Information P. 546
Quick Reference Guide
P. 4
Safe Driving
P. 27
Instrument Panel
P. 71
Controls
P. 127
Features
P. 213
Driving
P. 321
Maintenance
P. 439
Handling the Unexpected
P. 491
Information
P. 535
Index
P. 547
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 3 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
4
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙
Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P171)
❙
ENGINE START/STOP Button
(P155)
❙
Navigation System
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Audio/Information Screen
(P225)
❙
Hazard Warning Button
❙
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
(P219)
❙
Audio System
(P214)
❙
System Indicators
(P72)
❙
Gauges
(P110)
❙
Multi-Information Display
(MID)
(P111)
❙
Climate Control System
(P200)
❙
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button
(P168)
❙
(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System OFF) Button
(P403)
❙
Parking Sensor System Button
*
(P427)
❙
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button
*
(P419)
❙
Headlight Washer Button
*
(P166)
❙
(Surround View Camera) Button
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
Canadian models
❙
Heated Windshield Button
*
(P168)
❙
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
Button
*
(P391)
❙
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Button
*
(P386)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 4 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
5
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Wipers/Washers
(P163)
❙
Audio Remote Controls
(P217)
❙
Paddle Shifter (Shift down)
(P354)
❙
Paddle Shifter (Shift up)
(P354)
❙
Horn (Press an area around .)
❙
Navigation System Voice Control Buttons
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice Control Buttons
(P284)
❙
Brightness Control
(P167)
❙
Cruise Control Buttons
*
(P360)
❙
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons
*
(P365)
❙
TRIP Button
(P112)
❙
Distance Button
*
(P374)
❙
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
*
(P396)
❙
Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls
(P111)
❙
Heated Steering Wheel Button
*
(P196)
❙
Headlights/Turn Signals
(P158, 159)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P162)
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 5 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Power Window Switches
(P152)
❙
Hood Release Handle
(P448)
❙
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
(P526)
❙
Driver’s Knee Airbag
(P48)
❙
Memory Buttons
(P170)
❙
SET Button
(P170)
❙
Shift Button
Electronic Gear Selector
(P347)
❙
USB Port
(P215)
❙
Rearview Mirror
(P172)
❙
Driver’s Front Airbag
(P44)
❙
Parking Brake
(P412)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P193)
❙
Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse
Box
(P528)
❙
Glove Box
(P188)
❙
Door Mirror Controls
(P173)
❙
Power Door Lock Master Switch
(P140)
❙
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
*
(P527)
❙
Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P44)
❙
Power Tailgate Button
(P146)
❙
Fuel Fill Door Release Button
(P436)
❙
IDS Button
(P359)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P193)
❙
Auxiliary Input Jack
(P215)
❙
Auto Idle Stop OFF Button
*
(P355)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 6 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Side Curtain Airbags
(P52)
❙
Grab Handle
❙
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
(P38)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P194)
❙
Side Airbags
(P50)
❙
Map Lights
(P187)
❙
Seat Belts
(P36)
❙
Front Seat
(P175)
❙
Moonroof Switch
(P154)
❙
Sunglasses Holder
(P196)
❙
Sun Visors
❙
Vanity Mirrors
❙
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat
(P61)
❙
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat)
(P63)
❙
Third Row Seat
(P184)
❙
Second Row Seat
(P176)
❙
AC Power Outlet
*
(P194)
❙
Coat Hook
(P195)
❙
HDMI® Jack
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat
(P63)
❙
Cargo Area Light
(P187)
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 7 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙
How to Refuel
(P436)
❙
High-Mount Brake Light
(P464)
❙
Opening/Closing the Tailgate
(P143)
❙
Back-Up Lights
(P463)
❙
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
(P434)
❙
Tailgate Outer Handle
(P143)
❙
Rear Side Marker Lights
(P462)
❙
Taillights
(P462)
❙
Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Lights
(P461)
❙
Rear Wiper
(P165)
❙
Maintenance Under the Hood
(P447)
❙
Windshield Wipers
(P163, 465)
❙
Tires
(P469, 493)
❙
Door Lock/Unlock Control
(P131)
❙
Power Door Mirrors
(P173)
❙
Headlights
(P159, 459)
❙
Side Marker Lights
(P159, 460)
❙
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights
(P158, 460)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P459)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 8 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
9
Quick Reference Guide
Auto Idle Stop Function
*
To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator
(green) comes on. (P355)
At Automatic transmission Engine status
Deceleration
Stop the vehicle and depress the brake
pedal.
Stop
Keep the brake pedal depressed.
Start-up
Release the brake pedal.
On
Off
Restarting
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 9 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
10
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving
(P27)
Airbags
(P41)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P56)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(P68)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist
(P32)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P33)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 10 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel
(P71)
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist
(VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Speed-sensitive Electric
Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
System Message
Indicator
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator
Gauges
(P110)
/Multi-Information Display (MID)
(P111)
/System Indicators
(P72)
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Keyless Access System
Indicator
Temperature
Gauge
Security System Alarm Indicator Fuel
Gauge
Tachometer
MID
Speedometer
Gear Position Indicator M (sequential mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode Gear Selection
Indicator
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
SH-AWD Indicator
*
Blind Spot Information
(BSI) Indicator
*
System Indicators
Forward Collision Warning
Indicator
*
/Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
Lane Departure Warning
Indicator
*
/Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) Indicator
*
Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
*
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Indicator
*
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Fog Light Indicator
*
Auto Idle Stop System
Indicator (Amber)
*
Auto Idle Stop
Indicator (Green)
*
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 11 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Controls
(P127)
Clock
(P128)
a
Enter the Clock Adjustment screen.
2 Adjusting the Clock (P128)
b
Rotate to change hour, then press
.
c
Rotate to change minute, then
press .
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
Models with navigation system
ENGINE START/STOP
Button
(P155)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Turn Signals
(P158)
Lights
(P159)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 12 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Wipers and Washers
(P163)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
cleaning the windshield or driving through a
car wash.
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
MIST
OFF
AUTO
*1
: Wiper speed varies
automatically
INT
*2
: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Adjustment Ring
: Low Sensitivity
*1
: Lower speed, fewer sweeps
*2
: High Sensitivity
*1
: Higher speed, more sweeps
*2
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Steering Wheel
(P171)
● To adjust, push and hold the adjustment
switch to move the steering wheel to the
desired position.
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P139)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.
Tailgate
(P143, 144)
● Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock
and open the tailgate when you carry the
keyless access remote.
● Press the power tailgate button on the
driver’s door or the remote transmitter to
open and close the power tailgate.
Tailgate Outer Handle
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 13 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Power Door Mirrors
(P173)
● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
● Press the folding button
*
to fold in and
out the door mirrors.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button
*
Power Windows
(P152)
● With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator is on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 14 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
15
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System
(P200)
● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.
The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for
complete details.
Models with navigation system
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard vents.
AUTO Button
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
(On/Off) Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature Icon
Passenger’s Side
Temperature Icon
On Demand
Multi-Use
Display
TM
(Windshield Defroster) Button
A/C (Air
Conditioning) and
SYNC
(Synchronized) Icon
Recirculation/
Fresh Air Mode
Icon
Fan Control Icon
REAR (Rear Climate
Control) Icon
Vent Mode
Control Icon
Rear Climate Control
(P211)
● Press the AUTO button to activate the
rear climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system
on or off.
Rear Temperature
Control Buttons
/
(Fan Control)
Button
AUTO Button
(On/Off)
Button
Mode Control Button
Air flows from the rear floor vents.
Air flow from the rear console
vents and floor vents.
Air flows from the rear console vents.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 15 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Features
(P213)
Audio system
(P214)
Image shown is for models without navigation system. For navigation system operation
() See the Navigation System Manual
*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
Audio/Information Screen
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
(Power) Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
SETTINGS Button
VOL (Volume) Knob
BACK Button
MENU Button
AUDIO Button
INFO Button
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
PHONE Button
(Tune Down) Icon
*1
(Skip/Seek) Icon
*1
Audio Source
*1
(Skip/Seek) Icon
*1
Presets
*1
(Tune Up) Icon
*1
More
*1
Button
Shortcuts
*1
(Sound) Icon
Scan
*1
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 16 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Audio Remote Controls
(P217)
● SOURCE Button
Press and release to change the audio
mode: FM/AM/SiriusXM®/CD/USB/iPod/
Bluetooth® Audio/Pandora®/Aha
TM
/AUX.
● Left Selector Wheel
Roll to adjust the volume up/down.
Radio:Shift to a side to change the preset
station.
Shift to a side and hold to select
the next or previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Shift to a side to skip to the
beginning of the next song or
return to the beginning of the
current song.
Shift to a side and hold to change a
folder.
Left Selector Wheel
SOURCE Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 17 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Driving
(P321)
Automatic Transmission
(P347)
● Always depress the brake pedal before selecting
(P or changing the gear position from (P.
● Select
(P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
Park
Press the
(P button.
Used when parking or before
turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Pull back the
(R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the
(N button.
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Press the
(D button.
Used for normal driving.
D-paddle shift mode can be used.
Gear Position Indicator
The gear position indicator and the
shift button indicator indicate the
current gear selection.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Button
Indicator
● Gear selection
S Position
Press the
(D button twice.
Sequential shift mode can be used.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 18 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
19
Quick Reference Guide
Paddle Shifters
(P354)
● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 9th). This is useful for engine braking.
● D-paddle shift mode: The
transmission will shift back to
automatic mode once the
system detects that the vehicle
is cruising.
● Sequential mode gear selection:
Holds the selected gear, and the
M (sequential mode) indicator
comes on.
● The sequential mode gear
selection is shown in the
instrument panel.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Down
(-
Paddle Shifter
Shift Up (+
Paddle Shifter
Selected Gear Number
M Indicator
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 19 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
20
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® OFF Button
(P403)
● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.
Cruise Control
*
(P360)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
*
/
MAIN
*
button, then press the RES/+/SET/–
switch once you have achieved the
desired speed (above 25 mph or 40 km/h).
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button
*
(P419)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P408, 522)
● The TPMS monitors tire pressure.
● TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine.
● TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment.
Refueling
(P435)
a
Press the fuel fill door
release button.
b
Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.
c
Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.
d
After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline with a pump octane
number 91 or higher recommended
Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 ℓ)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 20 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
21
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance
(P439)
Under the Hood
(P447)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the battery condition monthly.
a
Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b
Locate the hood latch lever, pull the lever up, and lift up
the hood.
c
When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Lights
(P459)
● Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades
(P465)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires
(P469)
● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 21 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
22
Quick Reference Guide
Handling the Unexpected
(P491)
Flat Tire
(P493)
● Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the tire repair kit.
● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire
located under the cargo area.
Indicators Come On
(P519)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.
Vehicles with tire repair kit
Vehicles with compact spare tire
Engine Won’t Start
(P512)
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse
(P523)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating
(P517)
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P531)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 22 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
23
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
The power mode does not
change from VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) to ACCESSORY.
Why?
●
The steering wheel may be locked.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right
while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, push the
lever to the unlock position.
Canadian models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 23 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
24
Quick Reference Guide
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The exterior lights are left on.
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Auto Idle Stop
*
is in operation.
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when:
●
Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
●
The parking brake lever is not fully released.
Why does the beeper
sound when I turn the
engine off?
The beeper sounds when you turn off the engine with the
driver’s door open.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 24 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
25
Quick Reference Guide
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Why does the gear position
automatically change to
(P
when I open the driver’s
door to check for parking
space lines when
reversing?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Close the driver’s door and manually change the gear
position.
u
When turning off the power mode
(P350)
Unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 91 or higher is
recommended.
Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or higher on
this vehicle?
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or
higher is recommended.
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic
knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine
performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to
engine damage.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 25 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
26
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 26 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
27
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions.............. 28
Important Handling Information......... 30
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 31
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts ........................ 33
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 36
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 41
Types of Airbags ................................ 44
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44
Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 48
Side Airbags....................................... 50
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 52
Airbag System Indicators.................... 53
Airbag Care ....................................... 55
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 56
Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 58
Safety of Larger Children ................... 66
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 68
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 69
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 27 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
28
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 28 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
29
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 29 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
30
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information
Safe Driving
Important Handling Information
Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use
only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway
driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also
provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher
off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tripping
or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder,
make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover,
read:
2 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
P. 345
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 338
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 30 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
31
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Continued
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
12
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Side Airbags
11
Seat Belt Tensioners/Seat Belt
e-pretensioners
*
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
11
12
7
Knee Airbag
10
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 31 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
32
Safe Driving
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 138
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 56
■
Safety Checklist
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on
the multi-information display (MID), a door and/or
the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors
and the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 32 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
33
Continued
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All seven seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with
emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely
while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the
retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passenger’s, second row and third
row seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 63
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean
forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow
the belt to extend fully without locking.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 33 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
34
Safe Driving
■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the power mode is set to ON before the
driver’s seat belt is fastened, the beeper will
sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver
does not fasten the belt before the beeper
stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while driving until the
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts are
fastened.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 34 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
35
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic
seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front
seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal
collision, sometimes even if the collision is not
severe enough to inflate the front airbags or
the driver’s knee airbag.
Are the motor-powered pretensioners that
start to retract the front seat belts when the
CMBS
TM
, brake assist system, or VSA® system
is in operation. They may also activate when
you steer the vehicle hard, or the vehicle is
impacted. After retracted, the seat belts are
slackened to their original positions.
As convenient features, the e-pretensioners
slightly retract the seat belts when you latch
the seat belt buckle, depress the brake pedal
more aggressively than you normally do, or
make a sharp turn, and fully retract when you
release the seat belt buckle.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
■
Seat Belt e-pretensioners
*
1Seat Belt e-pretensioners
*
If only the e-pretensioners were activated, no
components need to be replaced.
The e-pretensioners may not work if:
•
A warning message for e-pretensioners appears on
multi-information display.
•
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator is
on.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 35 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
36
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
When you or the front passenger insert the
latch plate into the buckle, the front seat
belt retracts automatically.
2 Seat Belt e-pretensioners
*
P. 35
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
Models with CMBS
TM
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 36 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
37
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Push
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 37 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
38
Safe Driving
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure
the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt
to the anchor buckle.
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
■
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch
plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
3
WARNING
Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Anchor Buckle
Latch
Plate
Buckle
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 38 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
39
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•
When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•
When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 39 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
40
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 40 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
41
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
13
6
7
810119
9
9
9
6
12
9
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 41 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
42
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side
curtain airbags are deployed according to
the direction and severity of impact. Both
side curtain airbags are deployed in a
rollover. The airbag system includes:
a
Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b
Driver’s knee airbag. The knee airbag is
stored under the steering column. It is
marked SRS AIRBAG.
c
Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
d
Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
e
An electronic control unit that continually
monitors and can record information
about the sensors, the airbag activators,
the seat belt tensioners, and driver and
front passenger seat belt use when the
power mode is in ON.
f
Automatic front seat belt tensioners. The
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts
incorporate sensors that detect whether
or not they are fastened.
The front seat belt tensioners also include
the e-pretensioners.
g
A driver’s seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.
h
Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).
Models with CMBS
TM
i
Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
j
An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
k
An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l
Safing Sensor
m
A rollover sensor that detects whether
the vehicle is about to roll over.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 42 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
43
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers.
Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the
airbags inflate.
■
Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 43 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
44
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple-
threshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 44 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
45
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 45 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
46
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts, and in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags,
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 46 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
47
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.
If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.
The passenger’s advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.
Although we recommend against carrying an
infant or small child in front, if the sensors
detect the weight of a child (up to about 65
lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically
turn off the passenger’s front airbag.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver’s seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
•
Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
•
Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
•
Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
•
All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
•
Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 486
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 47 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
48
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
Safe Driving
Driver’s Knee Airbag
The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help
keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by
the vehicles other safety features.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the
steering column for the driver.
The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.
When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the
driver’s knee airbag also inflates.
■
Housing Locations
1Driver’s Knee Airbag
Do not attach accessories on or near the driver’s knee
airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation
of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 48 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
49
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
Safe Driving
■ When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 49 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
50
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 50 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
51
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 51 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
52
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
Side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags
equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and
complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly
rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
The airbag on the passenger’s side will deploy, even
if there are no passengers on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 52 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
53
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal
collision.
In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the MID.
■ When the power mode is set to ON
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or
does not come on at all, have the system
checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you
don’t, your airbags and seat belt tensioners
may not work properly when they are needed.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 53 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
54
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the front passenger’s weight
sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the
weight of an infant or small child, on the seat.
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 56
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.
■
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors, such as:
•
An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.
•
A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.
•
A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger’s seat.
•
The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it.
•
An object placed under the front passenger’s seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.
U.S. Canada
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 54 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
55
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable the driver’s seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the
passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate
a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer. For U.S. vehicles, Acura Client
Relations at 800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-
888-9-ACURA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 55 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
56
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 56 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
57
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle warning came
with a label on the dashboard (U.S. models) and has
labels on the front visors. Please read and follow the
instructions on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 69
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 57 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
58
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 41
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 58 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
59
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 59 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
60
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 60 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
61
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in the second row seats. A child seat
is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 61 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
62
Safe Driving
3. Put the outer head restraint to it’s upper-
most position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Put the center head restraint to it’s lowest
position, then route the tether strap over
the top of the head restraint and secure the
tether strap hook onto the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
Flexible Type
Outer positions
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Center position
All positions
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 62 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
63
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 63 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
64
Safe Driving
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each second and third row seating position. A
child seat that is installed with a seat belt and
comes with a tether can use the tether for
additional security.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
Tether Anchorage Points
Second row seat
1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.
Tether Anchorage Points
Third row seat
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 64 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
■ Using a second row anchor
1. Put the outer head restraint to it’s upper-
most position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
1. Put the center head restraint to it’s lowest
position, then route the tether strap over
the top of the head restraint and secure the
tether strap hook onto the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
■ Using a third row anchor
1. Pull up the head restraint and push
rearwards until it latches, then route the
tether strap through the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Open the anchor cover.
3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Anchor
Second row seat
Tether Strap Hook
Outer positions
Center position
All positions
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Third row seat
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 65 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
66
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 66 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
67
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child’s safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. six years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 67 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
68
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 68 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
69
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models
Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models
U.S. models only
Dashboard
Canadian models
Doorjambs
U.S. models only
Sun Visor
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 69 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
70
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 70 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
71
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 72
Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning
and Information Messages ............... 92
Gauges and Multi-Information Display
(MID)
Gauges............................................ 110
MID ................................................. 111
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 71 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
72
Instrument Panel
Indicators
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off if the parking
brake has been released.
●
Comes on when the parking
brake is applied, and goes off
when it is released.
●
Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
●
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not fully
released.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure the
parking brake is released. Check the brake
fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes on
while driving P. 521
●
Comes on along with the ABS indicator -
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 521
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with a system related to braking
other than the conventional
brake system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 72 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
73
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Immediately stop
in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On P. 519
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
either when the engine starts or
after several seconds if the
engine did not start. If “readiness
codes” have not been set, it
blinks five times before it goes
off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control
systems.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the
engine’s cylinders is detected.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 541
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place
where there are no flammable objects. Stop
the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait
for it to cool down. Then, take your vehicle to
a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks P. 520
Charging System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the battery is
not charging.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger in
order to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On P. 519
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 73 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
74
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Gear Position
Indicator
●
Indicates the current gear
selection.
2 Shifting P. 347
—
M (sequential
mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode
Gear Selection
Indicator
●
Comes on when the manual
sequential shift mode is applied.
2 Sequential Mode P. 353
—
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 74 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
75
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Transmission
Indicator
●
The indicated current gear
selection blinks if there is a
problem with the transmission
system.
●
Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and stop
in a safe place immediately.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
All the gear positions may light
for several seconds, and go off.
●
When all the gear positions light, immediately
stop your vehicle in a safe place.
●
Indicators go off if there is no problem.
However, even if they go off, take your vehicle
to a dealer for inspection.
●
The indicated current gear
selection or all the gear positions
blink if there is a problem with
the transmission system, and the
vehicle no longer moves.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place.
2 Emergency Towing P. 531
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
The indicated current gear
selection or all the gear positions
blink if you cannot select (P due
to the transmission system
failure.
●
The engine can be activated as a temporary
measure.
2 If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message P. 522
●
Set the parking brake when parking.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 75 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
76
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds
if you are not wearing a seat belt
when you set the power mode to
ON.
●
If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on about a few seconds
later.
●
Blinks while driving if either you
or the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off
when you and the front passenger fasten their
seat belts.
●
Stays on after you or the front passenger
has fastened the seat belt - A detection
error may have occurred in the sensor. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 34
Low Fuel Indicator
●
Comes on when the fuel reserve
is running low (approximately 2.5
U.S. gal./9.5 Liter left).
●
Blinks if there is a problem with
the fuel gauge.
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as
possible.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 76 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
77
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,
your vehicle still has normal braking ability but
no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 414
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with any
of the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 77 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
78
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®)
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA®, or trailer
stability assist is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA®, hill start assist,
trailer stability assist or brake
lighting system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
P. 402
2 Trailer Stability Assist
*
P. 335
2 Hill start assist system P. 344
●
When Trailer Stability Assist Problem is
displayed on the MID, the VSA® does not
activate.
VSA® OFF
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate
VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 403
—
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 78 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
79
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Speed-sensitive
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the engine starts.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power
Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes
On P. 521
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if the tire pressure of
any of the tires becomes
significantly low.
●
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a
compact spare tire
*
is temporarily
installed.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with
a compact spare, get your regular tire repaired
or replaced and put back on your vehicle as
soon as you can.
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
●
Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
●
Blinks along with all turn signals if
you press the hazard warning
button.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn
signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb
immediately.
2 Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/
Parking Light Bulbs P. 460
—
High Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 79 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
80
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lights On
Indicator
●
Comes on whenever the light
switch is on, or in AUTO when
the exterior lights are on.
●
If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a
chime sounds when the driver’s door is
opened.
—
Fog Light
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the fog lights
are on.
— —
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
Comes on briefly when you set
the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if the immobilizer
system cannot recognize the key
information.
●
Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the
power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
select the ON mode again.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
—
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 80 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
81
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Security System
Alarm Indicator
●
Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 149
—
System Message
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on along with a beep
when a problem is detected. A
system message on the MID
appears at the same time.
●
While the indicator is on, roll the multi-
function steering wheel control to see the
message again.
●
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears on
the MID. Take the appropriate action for the
message.
●
The MID does not return to the normal screen
unless the warning is canceled, or the multi-
function steering-wheel controls is rolled.
—
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 360
—
CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you have set a
speed for cruise control.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 360
—
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 81 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
82
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Keyless Access
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the keyless access
system or keyless starting system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Super Handling-
All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the SH-AWD® system.
●
Blinks when the differential
temperature is too high.
●
Stays on constantly - The engine drives the
front wheels only in this state. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place,
change to (P, and idle the engine until the
indicator goes off. If the indicator does not
stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-
AWD®)
*
P. 407
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 82 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
83
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Auto Idle Stop
Indicator (Green)
*
●
Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is
in operation. The engine
automatically shuts off.
2 Auto Idle Stop
*
P. 355
—
Auto Idle Stop
System Indicator
(Amber)
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Blinks if there is a problem with
the Auto Idle Stop System.
●
Comes on when Auto Idle Stop
System has been turned off by
Auto Idle Stop OFF Button.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 83 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
84
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Forward Collision
Warning (FCW)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you change the power
mode to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you have
customized FCW to turn off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the FCW system.
●
Stays on constantly without FCW off -
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on when the FCW system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the system
is too high. The system activates when the
temperature inside the system cools down.
2 Automatic shutoff P. 381
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Automatic shutoff P. 381
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
Models with FCW
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 84 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
85
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you change the power
mode to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the LDW system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on when the LDW system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera
is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
Models with LDW
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 85 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
86
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you change the power
mode to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the RDM system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera
is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
Models with RDM
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 86 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
87
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator (Amber)
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with ACC with LSF.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator (Green)
*
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
—
●
Comes on if anything covers the
radar sensor cover and prevents
the sensor from detecting a
vehicle in front.
●
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
●
ACC has been automatically
canceled.
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using
a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 87 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
88
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator (Green)
*
●
Comes on when ACC with LSF is
in operation, but the temperature
inside the front sensor camera is
too high. ACC with LSF cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down
and the system activates normally.
●
Comes on when the area around
the camera is blocked by dirt,
mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
●
May come on when driving in
bad weather (rain, snow, fog,
etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 88 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
89
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the LKAS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
*
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
P. 394
—
●
Comes on when the LKAS is in
operation, or the LKAS button is
pressed, but the temperature
inside the front sensor camera is
too high. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down
and the system activates normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
●
Comes on when the area around
the camera is blocked by dirt,
mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
●
May come on when driving in
bad weather (rain, snow, fog,
etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 89 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
90
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Blind Spot
Information (BSI)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Stays on while BSI is turned off.
—
●
Comes on when mud, snow, or
ice accumulates in the vicinity of
sensor.
●
Comes on while driving - Remove the
obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
P. 405
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you change the power
mode to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate
the CMBS
TM
. A multi-information
display message appears for five
seconds.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the CMBS
TM
.
●
Stays on constantly without the CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 416
Models with CMBS
TM
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 90 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
91
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the CMBS
TM
system shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using
a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 416
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera
is too high. Use the climate control system to
cool down the camera. The system activates
when the temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
Models with CMBS
TM
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 91 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
92
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the MID. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to see the message again with the system
message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely
closed.
●
Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed.
●
Appears when the hood is opened.
●
Close the hood.
●
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed.
2 Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 520
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 92 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
93
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the washer fluid is low.
●
Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 458
●
Appears while you are customizing the settings and the
transmission is in other than (P.
2 Customized Features P. 117
●
Appears when the transmission system temperature is
too high.
●
Stop in a safe place in (P.
●
Let the engine idle until the message disappears.
●
Appears when the transmission system temperature is
too high. The vehicle does not operate properly.
●
You may find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the
vehicle on uphill.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place in (P.
●
Let the engine idle until the message disappears.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the
battery.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Checking the Battery P. 478
●
Appears along with the battery charging system
indicator when the battery is not charging.
●
Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to
reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 519
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 93 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
94
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.
●
Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-
Information Display (MID) P. 444
●
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 517
●
Appears when there is a problem with the power
tailgate system.
●
Manually open or close the power tailgate.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 94 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
95
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the starter system.
●
Hold the ENGINE START/STOP button up to 15
seconds to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY
or ON.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
●
Appears when the engine does not restart automatically
due to the following reason:
●
The hood is open.
●
There is a problem in the system that disables Auto Idle
Stop.
●
Follow the normal procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
●
Appears when the steering wheel is locked.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button.
U.S.
Canada
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Canadian models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 95 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
96
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your
foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
●
Appears when you close the door with the power mode
is in ON without the keyless access remote inside the
vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote
back inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 157
●
Appears when the keyless access remote battery
becomes weak.
●
Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 480
●
Appears if the keyless access remote battery is too weak
to start the engine or the key is not within operating
range to start the engine.
The beeper sounds six times.
●
Bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE
START/STOP button to be touched with.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 513
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 96 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
97
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you attempt to change to another gear
position with the transmission in (P and the engine
OFF.
●
To select another gear position while in (P the engine
must be ON.
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position after
the position has automatically been changed to (P with
the driver’s door open and the driver’s seat belt
unfastened.
●
Press the park button If you leave the vehicle.
●
Appears when you change to (N, and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within five seconds.
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s
seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the
vehicle may roll unintentionally.
●
The gear position remains in (N for 15 minutes, then
automatically switches to (P.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 351
●
Press the (P button before release the brake pedal
when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle.
2 Shift Operation P. 349
●
Appears when the engine stops without the
transmission in
(P, and does not restart automatically.
●
Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop
activates.
●
If you want to set the power mode to ON, change the
gear position to
(P.
●
If you want to start the engine, follow the normal
procedure.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Models with Auto Idle Stop
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 97 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
98
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position
without depressing the brake pedal.
●
Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
●
Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select a
shift button.
●
Appears when the (P button is pressed while the
vehicle is moving.
●
Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the
vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is
reversing.
●
Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
operating the select button.
●
Appears when you set the power mode to ON without
fastening the driver’s seat belt.
●
Appears when you change the gear position after (P
has been automatically selected with the driver’s door
open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then the brake
pedal is released.
●
Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
2 Shift Operation P. 349
●
Appears when you press the (P button but it is not
engaged due to low ATF temperature.
●
Depress the brake pedal until this message disappear.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 98 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
99
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when pressing the IDS button.
u Press again to change the next mode.
2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 359
●
Appears if there is a problem with the cooling system.
●
Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the headlights.
●
Appears while driving - The low beam headlights
may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive
safety, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor
system
*
.
●
Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with
mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on or the
beeper does not stop even after you clean the area,
have the system checked by a dealer.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the e-pretensioner
system
*
.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 99 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
100
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a
vehicle in front of you.
●
Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 416
2 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian
Detection
*
P. 379
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
Models with FCW or ACC with LSF
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 100 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
101
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled.
●
You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/
+/SET/– switch up.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
●
Appears when the vehicle speed slows down to 25 mph
(40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the
ACC with LSF range while ACC with LSF is in operation.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the ACC with
LSF range.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
●
Appears when the distance between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF
is in operation.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
Models with ACC with LSF
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 101 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
102
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you is too close.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the transmission is not in (D.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 102 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
103
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the parking brake is applied.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
2 Parking Brake P. 412
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 103 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
104
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when your vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF
for more than five minutes. The beeper sounds.
—
●
Appears when your vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF
for more than nine and a half minutes.
u The display starts the countdown when ACC with
LSF is cancelled within 30 seconds. The beeper
sounds.
—
●
Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle
is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF. The beeper
sounds.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is
depressed.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 365
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 104 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
105
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door
while the engine is running by two-way keyless access
remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
P. 342
Models with two-way keyless access remote
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 105 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
106
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane. Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel.
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
●
The color of either line changes from white to amber as
the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
P. 394
●
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel when the vehicle
is drifting out of a detected lane.
●
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel with steering
assist when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
●
The color of either line changes from white to amber as
the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
P. 389
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
Models with LKAS
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal or Wide
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 106 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
107
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system
related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically.
The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by
customization.
●
If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 72
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there the temperature inside the
LKAS camera is too high. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if
selected by customization.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing
the LKAS button can resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
●
Appears when the area around the camera is blocked
by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and
wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow,
fog, etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator
and message come back on after you cleaned the area
around the camera.
Models with LKAS
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 107 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
108
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance
Screens ON has been selected from the customization
menu.
●
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for
some reason.
●
Appears when the engine restarts automatically.
●
Appears when the battery temperature is around 14°F
(−10°C) or lower.
●
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because
the climate control system is in use, and the difference
between the set temperature and actual interior
temperature becomes significant.
●
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because
the engine coolant temperature is low or high.
2 Auto Idle Stop
*
P. 355
●
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because
the battery charge level is low.
●
Appears even though the battery is fully charged-
The system may not read the battery amount correctly.
Drive for a few minutes.
●
Appears after charging the battery or jump
starting - Disconnect the negative - cable once and
reconnect it again to the battery. Drive a few minutes.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 108 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
109
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because
the pressure to the brake pedal is not enough.
●
Depress the brake pedal firmly.
●
Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance
Screens ON has been selected from the customization
menu.
●
Appears when the system is under the following
conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates:
●
The battery charge level is low.
●
The battery temperature is around 14°F (−10°C) or
lower.
●
The climate control system is in use, and the difference
between the set temperature and actual interior
temperature becomes significant.
●
The humidity in the interior is high.
●
The engine restarts automatically in a few seconds.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
Models with Auto Idle Stop
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 109 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
110
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
■
Fuel Gauge
■
Temperature Gauge
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE
Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 517
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 110 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
111
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
MID
The MID shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other
gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful
information.
■ Main displays
Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
Blank Instant Fuel
Economy/
Average Fuel
Economy
Range Elapsed Time Average Speed
SH-AWD®
*
/
IDS
Vehicle
Settings
Tire Pressure
for Each Tire
Engine Oil Life
Turn-by-Turn
Directions
*
Multi-function Steering-
wheel Controls
Compass
*
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 111 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
112
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
■ Lower displays
Press the TRIP button to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has
accumulated.
■
Odometer
TRIP Button
Outside Temperature
Trip A
Trip B
Odometer
TRIP
TRIP
TRIP
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 112 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
113
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last
reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button until the trip
meter is reset to 0.0.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.
■
Trip Meter
■
Outside Temperature
■
Average Fuel Economy
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the TRIP button.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is located in the front
bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the MID’s customized features to correct the
temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 117
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 117
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 113 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
114
Instrument Panel
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was
reset.
■
Instant Fuel Economy
■
Range
■
Elapsed Time
■
Average Speed
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 117
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 117
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 114 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
115
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
The indicators on the display show the
amount of torque being transferred to the
right front, left front, right rear, and left rear
wheels.
2 Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-
AWD®)
*
P. 407
Shows the current mode for IDS.
2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 359
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the navigation system
■
SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor
*
■
Current Mode for IDS
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
The multi-information display shows a compass when
the route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 117
2 Refer to the navigation system
Models with navigation system
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 115 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
116
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 443
Shows each tire’s pressure.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 408
■
Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 116 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
117
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
Use the MID to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the multi-function steering-wheel
controls while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Push
the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
■
Customized Features
1Customized Features
To customize other features, roll the multi-function
steering-wheel controls.
2 List of customizable options P. 120
2 Example of customization settings P. 125
Customization is possible when you see the driver’s
ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen.
The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter
you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The
customized settings are recalled every time you
unlock the driver’s door with that remote.
Change to
(P before you attempt to change any
customized setting.
Customizing is also available from the audio/
information screen.
You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the
multi-information display while the audio/
information screen shows the same menu.
2 Customized Features P. 117
Multi-function Steering-
wheel Controls
Roll: Changes the
customize menus and
items.
Push: Enter the selected
item.
MID: Goes to Vehicle Settings.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 117 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
118
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
■ Customization flow
Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to select Vehicle Settings and push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
Vehicle Settings
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Memory Position Link
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Beep
Driver Assist System Setup
*
Meter Setup
Driving Position Setup
Keyless Access Setup
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Forward Collision Warning Distance
*
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
*
ACC Display Speed Unit
*
Roll
Push
Roll
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
*
Blind Spot Info
*
Easy Entry/Exit
Auto Seatbelt Tension
*
Roll
Roll
Remote Start System On/Off
*
Roll
Push
Keyless Access Light Flash
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Keyless Access Beep Volume
Turn by Turn Display
*
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens
*
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
*
Push
Push
Push
Push
Reverse Alert Tone
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 118 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
119
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
Exit
Door Setup
IDS Setup
Default All
Lighting Setup
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Roll
Push
Push
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Power Tailgate Setup
Push
Power Open By Outer Handle
Keyless Open Mode
Push
Maintenance Info.
Roll
Push
Preferred IDS Mode
Roll
Roll
Roll
Push
Maintenance Reset
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 119 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
120
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driver Assist
System
Setup
*
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
*
Changes at which distance FCW
*
or CMBS
TM*
alerts,
or turns FCW
*
on and off.
Long/Normal
*1
/Short/Off
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when the system detects
a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC
with LSF range.
On/Off
*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
*
Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the
MID.
mph
*1
/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h
*1
(Canada)
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
*
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/Warning
Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info
*
Changes the setting for the blind spot information.
Audible And Visual Alert
*1
/
Visual Alert/Off
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 120 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
121
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English
*1
/Français/Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F (U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C (Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed
time B.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
Reverse Alert Tone
Causes the beeper to sound once when the change
the gear position to
(R.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Engine Idle Stop
Guidance Screens
*
Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop guidance screens
comes on.
On/Off
*1
Turn by Turn Display
*
Select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 121 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
122
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driving
Position
Setup
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Easy Entry/Exit
Moves the seat rearward and steering wheel fully up
when you get in/get out of the vehicle. Changes the
setting for this feature.
Seat & Steering Wheel
*1
/
Seat Only/Steering Wheel
Only/Off
Auto Seatbelt Tension
*
Turns the setting for the automatic seat belt e-
pretensioner activation on and off.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver’s Door or Tailgate
Only
*1
/All Doors
Keyless Access Beep
Volume
Changes the beep volume. High
*1
/Low
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock
the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System
On/Off
*
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 122 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
123
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec
*1
/15sec
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60sec/30sec/15sec
*1
/0sec
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid
*1
/Low/Min
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed
*1
/Shift
From P/Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
All Doors When Driver’s
Door Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted To Park/All
Doors When Ignition
Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.
Driver Door
*1
/All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.
90sec/60sec/30sec
*1
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 123 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
124
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Power
Tailgate Setup
Keyless Open Mode
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens.
Anytime
*1
/When Unlocked
Power Open By Outer
Handle
Changes the setting to open power tailgate by
tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual Only)/On
(Power/Manual)
*1
IDS Setup Preferred IDS Mode
Changes the IDS mode setting for when you set the
power mode to ON.
Last Used
*1
/Comfort/
Normal/Sport
Maintenance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you
have performed the maintenance service.
Cancel/Reset
Default All —
Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.
Cancel/Set
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 124 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
125
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
■ Example of customization settings
The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are
shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset.
1. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls to select Vehicle Settings, then
push the multi-function steering-wheel
controls.
2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls until Meter Setup appears on the
display.
3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel
controls.
u Language Selection appears first on
the display.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 125 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
126
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
4. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls until “Trip A” Reset Timing
appears on the display, then push the multi-
function steering-wheel controls.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select When Refueled, IGN Off,
Manually Reset, or Exit.
5. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls and select When Refueled, then
push the multi-function steering-wheel
controls.
u The When Refueled Setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
6. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls until Exit appears on the display,
then push the multi-function steering-
wheel controls.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 126 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
127
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 128
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 129
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 131
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength......................................... 137
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 138
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 140
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 141
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 142
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 149
Security System Alarm...................... 149
Opening and Closing the Windows ...152
Opening and Closing the Moonroof..154
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 155
Turn Signals..................................... 158
Light Switches.................................. 159
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 162
Daytime Running Lights ................... 162
Wipers and Washers ........................ 163
Brightness Control ........................... 167
Defogger/Heated Door Mirror .......... 168
Driving Position Memory System ...... 169
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 171
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 172
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 173
Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 175
Rear Seats........................................ 182
Armrest ........................................... 185
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items
Interior Lights .................................. 186
Interior Convenience Items .............. 188
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 200
Rear Climate Control System ........... 208
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 212
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 127 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
128
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power
mode in ON.
■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock
Adjustment.
3. Rotate to change hour, then press .
4. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
■
Adjusting the Time
1Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 263
You can turn the clock display in the audio/
information screen on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 263
The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
Models with navigation system
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 128 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
129
Continued
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keyless access remote to start and
stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the
doors and tailgate. You can also use the
keyless access system to lock and unlock the
doors and tailgate.
■
Keys
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
•
Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•
Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•
Keep the keys away from liquids.
•
Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the keyless access system may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way
keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback
*
P. 342
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Models with two-way keyless
access remote
Models without two-way keyless
access remote
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 129 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
130
Controls
■ Keyless access remote
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the keyless access remote battery
becomes weak or the power door lock/unlock
operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull it out while
sliding the release knob. To reinstall the built-
in key, push the built-in key into the keyless
access remote until it clicks.
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
Built-in Key
Release Knob
Models with two-way keyless
access remote
Release Knob
Built-in Key
Models without two-way keyless
access remote
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 130 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
131
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
and tailgate lock, and the security system
sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
*1:
Checking Door Lock Status
*
P. 136
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter or keyless access system only when the
power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the unlock button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 186
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door or
the tailgate is open.
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
LED
*1
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 131 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
132
Controls
When you carry the keyless access remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors and the
tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle. You can open the tailgate within
about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the
tailgate outer handle.
■
Using the Keyless Access System
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 480
You can customize the door lock mode and keyless
lock acknowledgement setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
Models without rear door touch sensor
Models with rear door touch sensor
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 132 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
133
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the doors and tailgate
Press the door lock button on the front or
rear
*
doors, or on the tailgate.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;
and the security system sets.
1Using the Keyless Access System
•
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and unlock
the tailgate while someone else with the remote is
within range.
•
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the keyless access remote is within range.
•
If you grip a door handle wearing gloves, the door
sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond
by unlocking the doors.
•
The door may not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the
keyless access remote if it is above or below the
outside handle.
•
The keyless access remote may not operate if it is
too close to the door and door glass.
Door Lock Button
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 133 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
134
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s or rear
*
door
handle:
u All doors unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press and hold the tailgate outer handle:
u The tailgate unlocks and opens.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the
Tailgate Outer Handle P. 143
1Using the Keyless Access System
When you go into the keyless access system working
range with all the doors locked, the LED puddle lights
come on for 30 seconds.
The lights do not come on if you have previously
stayed within the range for more than two minutes,
or the doors have been locked for a few days.
The feature activates again after you drive the
vehicle, then lock the doors.
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically
relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
The light flash, beeper, and unlock settings can be
customized using the audio/information screen or
multi-information display (MID).
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
You can also unlock and open with the power
tailgate.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the
Tailgate Outer Handle P. 143
Models with navigation system
Tailgate Outer
Handle
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 134 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
135
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■ Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward
a
or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b
, and close the door.
■ Locking the rear doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside
the vehicle.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When
unlocking, the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the
key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the
remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
Lock
Unlock
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
and tailgate lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 135 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
136
Controls
You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors
are all locked or any are unlocked using the
keyless access remote from extended
distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds
one of the following feedback will come:
• Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked.
• Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed.
• Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
■
Checking Door Lock Status
*
1Checking Door Lock Status
*
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are
buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle
and the remote, the remote may not work even
within the operable range. However, the range of
unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as
the standard keyless access remote.
2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 131
When checking the door lock status, you can also
start or stop the engine.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback
*
P. 342
Red
Green
Amber
Lock
Button
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 136 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
137
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Controls
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/
unlocking the doors and tailgate, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors and tailgate, or starting the
engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.
1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote
and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s
battery.
The keyless access remote battery lasts about two
years. This changes by how often you use the remote.
The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 137 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
138
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all the other doors and tailgate lock at
the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 138 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
139
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using
the MID or audio/information screen.
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 140
Inner Handle
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 139 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
140
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate.
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■ When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
To Unlock
Master Door Lock Switch
To Lock
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Lock
Unlock
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 140 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
141
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks all doors or the driver’s door automatically
when a certain condition is met.
■ Drive lock mode
All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15
km/h).
■ Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen or MID.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 141 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
142
Controls
Opening and Closing the Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.
■ Opening the tailgate
• Open the tailgate all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may come down accidentally by its own
weight.
• Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
■ Closing the tailgate
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 68
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there
is enough space around your vehicle. People near the
tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or
closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if
children are around.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in
front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.
3
WARNING
Closing a power tailgate while anyone is in
the path of the tailgate can cause serious
injury.
Make sure everyone is clear before closing
the power tailgate.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 142 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
143
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
Controls
Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate
Outer Handle
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate
is unlocked. Press the tailgate outer handle for
more than one second, and wait until you
hear three beeps before you lift open the
tailgate.
u Releasing the outer handle within one
second with one beep enables the power
tailgate operations.
2 Power Tailgate Outer Handle P. 146
Even if the tailgate is locked, you can open the
tailgate if you carry the keyless access remote.
To manually close the tailgate, grab the inner
handle, pull the tailgate down, and push it
closed from outside.
1Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the
cargo area and close the tailgate. The beeper sounds
repeatedly. You can open the tailgate and retrieve
the key.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while
someone else with the remote is within range.
Tailgate Outer
Handle
Inner Handle
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 143 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
144
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Controls
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the
remote transmitter or driver's door, or pressing the outer handle or button on the
tailgate.
■ The power tailgate can be opened when:
• The tailgate is fully closed.
• The transmission is in
(P.
• Press and hold the tailgate button on the remote transmitter for about one
second when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
u If you have changed the Keyless Open Mode setting to When Unlocked,
you need to unlock the tailgate before you press the tailgate button to open it.
2 Customized Features P. 117
■ The power tailgate can be closed when:
• The tailgate is fully open.
• The transmission is in
(P.
• Press and hold the tailgate button on the remote transmitter for about one
second when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
NOTICE
Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is
being automatically opened or closed.
Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while
in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the
following conditions:
•
The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.
•
The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.
•
The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse
while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be
disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you
manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than Acura
genuine accessories on the power tailgate may
prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you
get your luggage in and out.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before
you start the vehicle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 144 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
145
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Controls
Press the power tailgate button for more than
one second to operate when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again. The
beeper sounds three times and the tailgate
reverses direction.
■ Customizing when to open the tailgate
Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
■
Remote Transmitter
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening
or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the
direction. The beeper sounds three times.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully
closes.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the
tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you
touch either sensor when you are trying to close the
tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp
object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the
power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
Power
Tailgate
Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 145 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
146
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Controls
To open or close the power tailgate, press the
power tailgate button for about one second.
The beeper sounds and some exterior lights
flash.
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again. The
beeper sounds three times and the tailgate
reverses direction.
To open the power tailgate, press the outer
handle for one second. The beeper sounds
and some exterior lights flash.
■
Power Tailgate Button
Power Tailgate Button
■
Power Tailgate Outer Handle
Power Tailgate
Outer Handle
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 146 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
147
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Controls
Press the button on the tailgate to close the
power tailgate.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is closing, it reverses direction.
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
■
Power Tailgate Close Button
1Power Tailgate Close Button
If you press the power tailgate close button while the
tailgate is automatically opening, the power tailgate
operation reverses direction.
Power Tailgate
Close Button
■
Auto-Closer
1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press
the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is
closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power
tailgate is latching.
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you
manually close the tailgate and let it latch
automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands
around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 147 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
148
Controls
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully
opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on
the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
■
Power Tailgate Fall Detection
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate
immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate
fall detection may activate.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait
until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from
the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly
activates, consult at a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 148 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
149
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system with the keyless
access remote.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not go off if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then the hood is
opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, some exterior lights flash.
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system. The
system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can
result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 149 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
150
Controls
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood is closed.
• All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote
transmitter, or keyless access system.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key,
remote transmitter, keyless access system, or the power mode is set to ON. The
security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•
Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•
Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter,
or keyless access system.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 150 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
151
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.
■
Panic Mode
Panic
Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 151 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
152
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open and
close all of the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not
pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than
the driver’s seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on when
children are in the vehicle.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it stops closing and reverse direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Rear Passenger’s
Window Switches
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
Driver’s Window
Switch
Indicator
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 152 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
153
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Press the unlock button twice
within 10 seconds and hold it down the
second time. If the windows stop midway,
repeat the procedure.
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows/
moonroof at the desired position. If you want
further adjustment, repeat the same
operation.
■
Opening Windows and the Moonroof with the Remote
Unlock Button
■
Opening/Closing Windows and the Moonroof with the Key
Close
Open
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 153 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
154
Controls
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
■
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Open
Close
Tilt
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 154 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
155
Continued
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*1:Canadian models
■
Changing the Power Mode
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the keyless access
remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the keyless access remote
is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
ON mode:
Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the keyless access remote battery is weak, beeper
sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start
Button message appears on the MID.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 513
If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE
OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while moving the steering wheel left and
right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the
mode to change.
Operating Range
Canadian models
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The steering wheel is locked
*1
.
The power to all electrical components is turned off.
ACCESSORY
Indicator in the button is on.
Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY).
Operate the audio system and other accessories in this
position.
ON
Indicator in the button is on.
All electrical components can be used.
Press the button.
Indicator
Without
pressing the
brake pedal
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 155 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
156
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the keyless access
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.
■
Automatic Power Off
■
Power Mode Reminder
Canadian models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 156 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
157
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/
and outside the vehicle to remind you that the
keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If
the buzzer continues even after the remote is
put back inside, place it within its operational
range.
■ When the power mode is in ON
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,
warning buzzers sound from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the MID notifies the driver inside that the
remote is out.
■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■
Keyless Access Remote Reminder
1Keyless Access Remote Reminder
When the keyless access remote is within the
system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is
closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the keyless access remote on the
dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the
warning buzzer to go off. Under some other
conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating
the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even
if the remote is within the system’s operational
range.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 157 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
158
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
■ One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
Right Turn
Left Turn
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 158 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
159
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Continued
Controls
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■ Lights off
Turn the lever to OFF either when:
• The transmission is in (P.
• The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to
OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The gear position is changed out of
(P and
the parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
with the lights on, a light on reminder chime sounds
when you open the driver’s door.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic
headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts
the vertical angle of the high/low beam headlights. If
you find a significant change in the vertical angle of
the headlights, there may be a problem with the
system. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Canadian models with rear entertainment system
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 159 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
160
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
u You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
■
Automatic Lighting Control
1Automatic Lighting Control
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light Sensor
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers
Models without automatic
intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 160 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
161
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver’s door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but
do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the
switch is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
■
Headlight Integration with Wiper
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Automatic Lighting Control
Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
This feature activates during the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
When the ambient light is dark, the automatic
lighting control feature overrides, and the headlights
come on with or without the wipers sweeping more
than several times.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 161 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
162
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the position lights or the headlights are
on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog
lights.
Daytime Running Lights
The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is AUTO, or in .
• The parking brake is released.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the head light switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
1Fog Lights
*
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or
when the daytime running lights are on.
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 162 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
163
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Continued
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT
*
, AUTO
*
, LO, HI)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■ AUTO
*
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
P. 164
■ Adjusting wiper operation
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper
operation.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
■
Windshield Wipers/Washers
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle starts moving, the wipers make a
single sweep.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
MIST
INT
*
: Low speed with
intermittent
AUTO
*
: Automatic intermittent
operation
OFF
LO
: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 163 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
164
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■ Auto sensitivity adjustment
When in AUTO, you can also adjust the
rainfall sensor sensitivity using the intermittent
time adjustment ring.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
NOTICE
Always ensure the wiper lever is in the OFF position
before entering a car wash to prevent severe damage
to the windshield wiper system.
If the wiper lever is in AUTO, and the power mode is
in ON, the rainfall sensor may respond to your hand
or car wash liquids, and the wipers may operate
automatically.
Rainfall Sensor
Low sensitivity: Lower speed,
fewer sweeps
High sensitivity: Higher speed,
more sweeps
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 164 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
165
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■ Washer ( )
Sprays while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the
washer. Once released, it stops operating
after a few more sweeps.
■ Operating in reverse
When you select the transmission to
(R with the front wiper activated, the rear
wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
■
Rear Wiper/Washer
1Wipers and Washers
If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.
INT: Intermittent
OFF
ON: Continuous wipe
Washer
Front Wiper Operation Rear Wiper Operation
Intermittent Intermittent
Low speed wipe
High speed wipe
Continuous
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 165 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
166
Controls
Turn the headlights on and press the
headlight washer button to operate.
The headlight washers also operate when you
turn the windshield washers for the first time
after the power mode is set to ON.
■
Headlight Washers
Canadian models
1Headlight Washers
The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as
the windshield washers.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 166 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
167
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
To brighten: Press the
(+ button.
To dim: Press the (- button.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The MID will
return to its original state several seconds after
you adjust the brightness.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the MID
while you are adjusting it.
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight
integration with the wiper is activated, the
instrument panel brightness does not change.
Rolling the multi-function steering-wheel changes to
a different display.
If you press the
(+ button until the brightness display
is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels the
reduced instrument panel brightness when the
parking lights are on.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
(+ Button
(- Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 167 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
168
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror
Controls
Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Press the heated windshield button to deice
the windshield when the power mode is in
ON.
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window
and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
■
Heated Windshield Button
Canadian models
1Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged or deiced.
1Heated Windshield Button
When the outside temperature is below 4°C, the
heated windshield may automatically activate. The
system deactivates itself once the outside
temperature reaches 6°C.
■
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 168 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
169
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
Continued
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar), steering wheel and door
mirror positions with the driving position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless
access system, the seat and door mirrors adjust automatically to one of the two
preset positions.
The steering wheel will move to the stored position when you set the power mode
to ACCESSORY.
The MID shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle when
you enter.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The driver’s seat moves rearward and steering
wheel fully up depending on the set seating
position once you
• Stop the vehicle.
• Put the transmission in
(P.
• Turn the engine off.
• Then open the driver’s door.
Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY
position, the driver’s seat driver’s seat and
steering wheel moves to the DRIVER 1 or 2
preset position.
1Driving Position Memory System
Using the audio/information screen or MID, you can
disable the automatic seat, steering wheel and door
mirrors adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
The driver’s seat easy exit feature:
•
Can be turned ON/OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 117
System Operation
The system will not operate if:
•
The vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h).
•
Either memory position button is pressed while the
seat or steering wheel is in motion.
•
The seat or steering wheel position is adjusted
while in operation.
•
The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 169 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
170
Controls
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat, the steering wheel and the
door mirrors to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear a beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink.
3. Press memory button
(1 or (2 within five
seconds of pressing the SET button.
u Once the seat, the steering wheel and
the outside mirror positions have been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on.
1. Select
(P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button (
(1 or (2).
u You will hear a beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
The seat, the steering wheel and the door
mirrors will automatically move to the
memorized positions. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beep, and the
indicator light stays on.
■
Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
•
You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
•
You readjust the seat, the steering wheel or the
outside mirror position before the double-beep.
•
You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2SET Button
■
Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you:
•
Press the SET button, or a memory button ((1 or
(2).
•
Adjust the seat, the steering wheel or the door
mirror position.
•
Select into any position except (P.
Memory Buttons
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 170 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
171
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
Push and hold the adjustment switch to move
the steering wheel in, out, up or down.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Adjustment Switch
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 171 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
172
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
When driving after dark, the automatic
dimming rearview mirror and power door
mirrors
*
reduce the glare from headlights
behind you.
■
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door
Mirrors
*
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 175
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors
*
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in
(R.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 172 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
173
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Continued
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.
■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
■ Folding door mirrors
*
Press the folding button to fold in and out the
door mirrors.
If activated, either side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you select
the gear position to (R; this improves close-in
visibility on the selected side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you select
out of
(R.
To activate this feature, set the power mode
to ON, and slide the selector switch to the left
or right side.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding
Button
■
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
Selector Switch
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 173 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
174
Controls
The driver’s side door mirror has outer and
inner segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.
■
Expanded View Driver’s Mirror
Inner Segment
Outer Segment
1Expanded View Driver’s Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver’s
side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the
rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than
they appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 174 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
175
Continued
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■ Adjusting the front power seats
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Height Adjustment
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Lumbar Support
Adjustment
*
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 175 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
176
Controls
■ Adjusting the second row manual seats
1Adjusting the second row manual seats
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to change
the angle.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 176 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
177
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with
proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 177 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
178
Controls
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
■ Adjusting the front and second row outer head restraint positions
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
■
Adjusting the Head Restraints
1Adjusting the Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
•
Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•
Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•
Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 178 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
179
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
A passenger sitting in the second row center
seating position should adjust the height of
their head restraint to an appropriate position
before the vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Second Row Center Seat Head Restraint
Position
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
Front and second row head restraints
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 179 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
180
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
A passenger in the third row seating position
should put the head restraint in the upright
position before the vehicle begins moving.
To fold down the head restraint:
Pull the handle.
To put the head restraint back in the
upright position:
Pull up the head restraint and push rearward
until it latches.
■
Folding Down the Third Row Head Restraint
Handle
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 180 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
181
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
■
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 181 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
182
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
Rear Seats
Pressing the button on the seat-back, or seat
cushion tilts the second row outer seat's seat-
back forward.
u The whole seat slides forward.
Pulling up on the strap also tilts the seat-back
forward.
■
Third Row Seat Access
1Third Row Seat Access
The button is disabled when the vehicle is moving.
When you enter the third row seat, be careful not to
trip over the second row seat belt.
Strap
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 182 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
183
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the second row seat to make room
for cargo.
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the
anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 38
3. Lower the center head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into
the seat-back.
4. Pull up on the seat-back angle adjustment
lever.
To return the seat to the original position, pull
up the seat-back in the upright position.
■
Folding Down the Second Row Seat
1Folding Down the Second Row Seat
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 54
The front seats must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the second row seats as they
fold down.
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until
it locks.
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat
cushion are securely latched back into place before
driving. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are
positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center
shoulder belt is re-positioned in the holding slot.
Lever
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 183 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
184
Controls
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the third row seat to make room
for cargo.
■ To fold down the seat
1. Pull the handle on the seat-back fully.
u The head restraint tilts downward.
2. Push the seat-back forward while pulling
the handle.
■ To return the seat to the original position
1. Pull the seat-back up with the handle pulled.
2. Push the head restraint up to its original position.
■
Folding Down the Third Row Seat
1Folding Down the Third Row Seat
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items
extending to the third row seats are properly
secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have
to brake hard.
Handle
1To return the seat to the original position
Make sure the seat-back and head restraints are
securely latched back into place before driving.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 184 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
185
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to a desired position.
Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.
■
Using the Front Seat Armrest
■
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 185 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
186
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the tailgate or the doors are open or
closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
•
When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
•
When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•
When you lock the driver’s door.
•
When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
•
When you set the power mode to ON.
If you leave any doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
mode, the interior lights go off after about 15
minutes.
When the interior light switch is in ON, if you close
the tailgate and all doors in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
mode, the interior lights go off after about 30
minutes.
However, when the battery is weaken, the interior
lights go off after about 30 minutes if any door is
open.
Door Activated Position
Off
On
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 186 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
187
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
■ Front
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the (map light) button.
■ Second and third row
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the (map light) button when the
front interior light switch is in the door
activated position.
■ ON
The light comes on when you open the
tailgate, and goes off when closed.
■ OFF
The light stays off with or without opening the
tailgate.
■
Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, pressing the
button does not turn off the map light.
Front
Second and third row
■
Cargo Area Lights
Off
On
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 187 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
188
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Press the button to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
■ Removable shelf
The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To
remove it, disengage the tabs.
The removed shelf can be stored upside down
in the glove box.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
To Lock
Shelf
Tabs
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 188 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
189
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Pull the passenger’s side handle to open the
console compartment.
Pull the driver’s side handle to open the utility
tray in the console lid.
■ Console Tray
Slide or lift the tray when you use the console
compartment.
u To lift this tray, slide it rearward, then
pull it up.
■
Console Compartment
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 189 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
190
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Press the raised detent to open the lid. To
close the lid, push it down until it latches.
Pull the handle to open the cargo floor lid.
■
Center Pocket
Press
■
Under-floor Storage Area
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 190 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
191
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.
■ Door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of front and rear door
side pockets.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and
electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
Front:
Rear:
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 191 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
192
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ Second row seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.
■ Third row seat beverage holders
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 192 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
193
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
■ Accessory power socket (center pocket)
Open the lid and the cover to use it.
■ Accessory power socket (console
compartment)
Pull the handle and open the cover to use it.
■
Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power sockets are designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts or less (15 amps).
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 193 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
194
Controls
■ Accessory power socket (cargo area)
Open the cover to use it.
The AC power outlet can be used when the engine is running.
Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance
slightly, turn it 90° clockwise, then push it all
the way.
■
AC Power Outlet
*
1AC Power Outlet
*
NOTICE
Do not use the AC power outlet for electric
appliances that require high initial peak wattage,
such as cathode-ray tube type televisions,
refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for
devices that process precise data, such as medical
equipment, and that require an extremely stable
power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for
up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or
less.
Continued use of any electric appliance/device
exceeding these ratings may result in damage to the
appliance/device.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 194 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
195
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle
of both sides. Pull it down to use it.
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor
can be used to install a net for securing items.
■
Coat Hooks
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.
■
Tie-down Anchors
Anchor
Anchor
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 195 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
196
Controls
To open the sunglasses holder, push and
release the indent. To close, push it again until
it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
The power mode must be in ON to use the
heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the left side of the
steering wheel.
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
press the button again to turn it off.
The heated steering wheel is turned off every
time you start the engine, even if you turned it
on the last time you drove the vehicle.
■
Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
Push
■
Heated Steering Wheel
Canadian models
1Heated Steering Wheel
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously
when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the
battery may be weakened, making the engine
difficult to start.
Indicator
Heated Steering Wheel Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 196 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
197
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
If the power mode is in ON:
Seat heater - The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.
Seat ventilation
*
- The HI setting ventilates
the seats faster than the LO setting.
1. Select .
2. Change the setting with one of the
following:
The Heat/Cool
*
level indicators: Select your
desired level setting. The left is for a LO
setting, the center is for a MID setting, and
to the right for a HI setting.
(+/(-: To go up or down one level at a
time.
AUTO: The system automatically selects
the setting most suitable to the ambient
environment.
OFF: Turn off the system.
When a comfortable temperature is reached
while using the seat heaters in HI, select MID
or LO to keep the seat warm.
■
Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
*
1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
*
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation
even in LO when the engine is off. Under such
conditions, the battery may be weakened, making
the engine difficult to start.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
Models with seat ventilation
Models without seat ventilation
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 197 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
198
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
■
Second Row Outer Seat Heaters
*
1Second Row Outer Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 198 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
199
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
way. Use the hooks to hang it.
■
Integrated Sunshades
*
1Integrated Sunshades
*
Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully
closed. Using the shade while a window is open can
unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and hurting
anyone sitting near the window.
Tab
Hook
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 199 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
200
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control switch.
3. Press the (On/Off) button to cancel.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed
while using the climate control system in AUTO, the
function of the button/icon that was pressed will take
priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
During the Auto Idle Stop, the air conditioning
system will be turned off.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate control
system between on and off. When turned on, the
system returns to your last selection.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
All models
(On/Off) Button AUTO Button
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control Switch
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Driver’s Side
Temperature
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 200 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
201
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
In addition to the button/switch controls, you can operate the climate control system
from the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
touch screen.
■
Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
climate control settings are turned to the respective
mode automatically when you set the power mode to
ON.
You can store two customized climate control
settings to the system and recall them from the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 Shortcuts P. 206
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
A/C (Air Conditioning) and
SYNC (Synchronized) Icon
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Icon
Recirculation/
Fresh Air mode
Icon
Fan Control Icon
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Icon
Shortcuts Icon
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 201 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
202
Controls
■ Changing the interior temperature setting
1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side
temperature control icon.
2. Change the temperature setting from the
following:
Temperature bar: Select a point where your
desired temperature setting is.
Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the
right for a higher setting.
3/4: To raise or lower the temperature
setting one degree at a time.
While you select and hold 3/4, the
temperature decreases or increases.
MAX COOL ON/OFF: To rapidly cool down
the interior.
u The A/C indicator comes on. The setting
returns to the previously selected value
when you select it again.
MAX HEAT ON/OFF: To rapidly warm up the
interior.
u The A/C indicator goes off. The setting
returns to the previously selected value
when you select it again.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
When you set the MAX COOL or MAX HEAT, MAX
COOL or MAX HEAT is displayed.
If you select the MAX COOL ON/OFF or MAX HEAT
ON/OFF during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts
automatically.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
The side you selected.
Temperature Bar
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 202 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
203
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
■ Switching the vent mode
Select a desired vent mode icon, or Front
Mode Auto: The system automatically selects
the vent mode most suitable to the ambient
environment.
Vent mode
: Dashboard vents
: Dashboard and floor vents
: Floor vents
: Floor and defroster vents
■ A/C on and off
1. Select A/C.
2. Select ON or OFF.
1Switching the vent mode
While the climate control system is in AUTO, Front
Mode Auto is highlighted.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 203 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
204
Controls
■ SYNC on and off
1. Select SYNC.
2. Select ON for synchronized mode.
u When in synchronized mode, the front
passenger’s side temperature and the
rear passenger compartment become
the same as the driver’s side settings.
3. Adjust the temperature or change the
mode from the driver’s side.
■ Changing the fan speed
1. Select .
2. Change the fan speed with one of the
following:
The fan speed level indicators: Select your
desired speed level. The smaller indicator is
for a slower speed, and the larger for a
faster speed.
(+/(-: To go up or down one level at a
time.
Fan AUTO: The system automatically
selects the fan speed most suitable to the
ambient environment.
1SYNC on and off
When you press the button, the system
synchronizes the driver's and front passenger's
temperature settings.
When the system is not in SYNC mode, the driver's
side temperature, the front passenger’s side
temperature and the rear passenger compartment (if
it is on) can be set separately.
You can also turn off SYNC mode by changing the
front passenger’s side temperature or rear
passenger’s temperature.
The system adjusts each temperature based on the
information of the sunlight sensor and the sun
position updated by the navigation system’s GPS.
Models with navigation system
1Changing the fan speed
While the climate control system is in AUTO, Fan
AUTO is highlighted.
Fan Speed Level Indicators
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 204 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
205
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Continued
Controls
■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
1. Select or currently shown.
2. Switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions to the following:
(Recirculation Mode): Recirculates air
from the vehicle’s interior through the system.
(Fresh Air Mode): Maintains outside
ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode
in normal situations.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 205 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
206
Controls
■ Shortcuts
You can store two sets of your preferred temperature, fan speed, and vent mode
settings to the climate control system.
To store a set of the climate control settings:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Adjust the climate control system to your
preference.
3. Select Climate.
4. Select Edit.
5. Select Add.
6. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to
store your settings to.
To recall one of the settings:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Climate.
3. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2.
To delete a preset:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Climate.
3. Select Edit.
4. Select Delete.
5. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to
delete.
1Shortcuts
You can also store a set by pressing and holding the
preset number you want to store that setting after
step 3.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 206 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
207
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
Press the button to turn the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switch the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Select the recirculation mode.
2 Switching between the recirculation
and fresh air modes P. 205
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
If you press the button during Auto Idle Stop, the
engine restarts automatically.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 207 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
208
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Controls
Rear Climate Control System
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Select REAR.
2. Select AUTO.
u The rear system changes to AUTO mode.
3. Adjust the rear passenger’s compartment temperature using the temperature
bar.
4. Select the ON/OFF to cancel.
u When the turned back on, the system returns to your last selection.
■
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
1Rear Climate Control System
If any icons on the touch screen are pressed while
using the rear climate control system in AUTO, the
function of the icon that was pressed will take
priority.
Rear Lock: Appears on the front panel. When
selected, it disables the rear panel control.
LOCK: Appears on the rear control panel while the
rear lock is on.
If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear
control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the
rear control panel.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
3/4 (Temperature
Control) Icon
Fan Speed Level Indicators
ON/OFF Icon
AUTO Icon
Rear Lock Icon
Vent Mode Icon
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 208 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
209
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Controls
■ Changing the rear temperature setting
Change the temperature setting from the
following:
3/4: To raise or lower the temperature
setting one degree at a time.
While you select and hold 3/4, the
temperature decreases or increases.
■ Switching the vent mode
Select a desired vent mode icon.
Vent mode
: Rear console vents
: Rear console vents and floor vents
: Rear floor vents
1Changing the rear temperature setting
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
3/4 (Temperature Control) Icon
Vent Mode Icon
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 209 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
210
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Controls
■ Changing the fan speed
Select your desired speed level. The smaller
indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger
for a faster speed.
Fan Speed Level Indicators
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 210 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
211
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Controls
Use the system when the engine is running
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control button.
3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press button.
■
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
When the Rear Lock icon on the front control panel
is off, the temperature of the rear passenger
compartment can be controlled independently.
Rear floor
vents
Rear console
vents and
floor vents
Rear console
vents
/
(Fan Control)
Buttons
(On/Off) Button
Rear Temperature
Control Buttons
AUTO Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 211 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
212
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 212 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
213
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 214
USB Port .......................................... 215
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 215
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 216
Audio Remote Controls.................... 217
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 218
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
....... 219
Audio/Information Screen ................ 225
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 229
Display Setup ................................... 230
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 231
Playing SiriusXM® Radio ................... 235
Playing a CD .................................... 238
Playing an iPod ................................ 241
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 245
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 248
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 251
Audio Error Messages
CD Player......................................... 254
iPod/USB Flash Drive ........................ 255
Pandora® ......................................... 256
Aha
TM
Radio..................................... 258
General Information on the Audio
System
SiriusXM® Radio Service ................... 259
Recommended CDs ......................... 260
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash
Drives................................................. 262
Customized Features........................ 263
Defaulting All the Settings ............... 281
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ... 282
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Using HFL ........................................ 284
HFL Menus ...................................... 286
Compass
*
.......................................... 318
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 213 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
214
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
Images shown are for models without navigation system. See the Navigation System
Manual for operation of the audio system, AcuraLink, rear entertainment system
*
,
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®, and voice commands for these features.
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also play
audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth®
devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel or
the icons on the touchscreen interface.
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 259
SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs
*
, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are
not supported.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
When the screen is viewed through polarized
sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the
screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If
this is disturbing, please operate the screen without
polarized sunglasses.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash
Drive
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 214 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
215
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port
Features
USB Port
Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash
drive to the USB port.
Auxiliary Input Jack
Use the jack to connect standard audio
devices.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
1USB Port
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
•
We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
You can return to the AUX mode by selecting
Change Source on the Audio menu screen or
Audio Source on the touchscreen.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 215 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
216
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display Enter code. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 216 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
217
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allows you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM® CD USB iPod
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® Aha
TM
AUX
Left Selector Wheel
Roll Up: To increase the volume.
Roll Down: To decrease the volume.
Push: To mute. Push again to unmute.
• When listening to the radio
Shift to the right: To select the next preset radio station.
Shift to the left: To select the previous preset radio station.
Shift to the right and hold: To select the next strong station.
Shift to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Shift to the right: To skip to the next song.
Shift to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
Shift to the right and hold: To go to the group up. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
Shift to the left and hold: To go to the group down. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
• When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Shift to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder.
Shift to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora® and Aha
TM
Shift to the right: To skip to the next song.
Shift to the right and hold: To select the next station.
Shift to the left and hold: To select the previous station.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some mode appears only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
To select audio mode, press the SOURCE button,
then shift the left selector wheel to the right or left.
Left Selector Wheel
SOURCE Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 217 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
218
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the interface dial or MENU button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection. Move right, left, up or down to
select secondary menu.
MENU button: Press to select any mode. The
available mode includes Sound, Change
Source, Refresh Station List, Save Preset,
Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes.
Play modes can be also selected from Scan,
Random/Repeat, and so on.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
button: Press to change the audio/
information screen brightness.
Press once and make an adjustment.
u Each time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move , , or to select secondary menu.
Audio Menu Items
2 Sound P. 229
2 Refresh Station List P. 233
2 Save Preset P. 232, 237
2 Radio Text P. 234
2 Music Search P. 239, 243, 249
2 Scan P. 240, 250
2 Random/Repeat P. 240, 244, 250
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
audio system settings and preset memory are turned
to the respective mode automatically when you set
the power mode to ON.
Interface Dial
MENU ButtonBACK Button
Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 218 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
219
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Continued
Features
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Use the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to operate the audio system.
Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio
source.
Select More to display the menu items.
■
Selecting an Audio Source
1On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source
selected.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
Use the / / / icons to turn the page.
X
■
Displaying the Menu Items
Select Audio Source.
Source List Icons
Select More.
Menu Items
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 219 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
220
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
You can preset the settings of three categories
(Phone, Climate, Audio) from Shortcuts.
■
Shortcuts
Shortcuts Icon
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 220 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
221
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
■ Phone
You can preset five previously stored speed dial entries, and make a call from one of
the preset numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the
vehicle‘s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2Phone Setup P. 291
To preset a speed dial:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add.
u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry
preset or an existing preset.
u The screen changes to a list of previously
stored speed dial entries.
6. Select a number you want to store as a
shortcut.
To make a call from a speed dial entry:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select a preset number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1Phone
2 Speed Dial P. 302
Dial icon
You can make a call using the keyboard on the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to input numbers.
2 To make a call using a phone number
P. 307
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 221 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
222
Features
To delete a speed dial:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select Edit.
5. Select Delete.
6. Select the preset number with the phone
number you want to delete.
To make a call from call history:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Call History.
4. Select a phone number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1Phone
The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or
missed calls.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 222 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
223
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
■ Audio
You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or SiriusXM® radio.
To preset a station:
1. Tune to a radio station.
2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 231
2 Playing SiriusXM® Radio P. 235
2. Select Shortcuts.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add.
6. Select the preset icon you want to store the
station.
To play a preset station:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select a preset icon.
To delete a preset station:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select Edit.
4. Select Delete.
5. Select the preset icon with the radio station
you want to delete.
1Audio
You can also preset a station by pressing and holding
the preset icon you want to store that station after
step 3.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 223 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
224
Features
1. Select More, then Sound.
2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
1. Select More, then Screen Settings.
2. Use
(+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
■
Adjusting the Sound
1Adjusting the Sound
Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 229
Instead of using
(+, (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
You can also adjust the sound to select on the
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
■
Changing the Screen Settings
1Changing the Screen Settings
The followings are adjustable screen settings:
•
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes
with the instruments panel brightness.
•
Brightness
•
Contrast
•
Black Level
•
Display
Changes between the daytime or nighttime
modes.
•
Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the
screen.
•
Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
•
Vibration
Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the
screen.
•
Fade Timer
Sets the screen black out timing.
Instead of using
(+, (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 224 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
225
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
Press the PHONE, INFO and AUDIO buttons to go to the corresponding display.
■
Switching the Display
AudioInfoPhone
AUDIO ButtonPHONE Button
INFO Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 225 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
226
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■ Phone
Shows the HFL information.
2Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 284
■ Info
Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate
to select an item, then press .
■ Trip computer (Current Drive)
Shows the range, and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
■ Trip computer (History of Trip A)
Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip,
as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three
driving cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
■ Deleting the history manually
1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press .
2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 226 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
227
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Port P. 215
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock,
Clock/Wallpaper Type.
4. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen will change to the wallpaper
list.
5. Move to select Add New, then press .
6. Rotate to select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the
wallpaper list.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
Up to 50 files can be selected.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 227 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
228
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
5. Press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Set, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
5. Press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
7. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview
and press to see a preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, press to select
OK, or press the BACK button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 228 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
229
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Sound, then press .
Rotate to scroll through the following
choices:
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 224
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
SETTINGS Button
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Subwoofer
SVC
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 229 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
230
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
4. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Background Color,
then press .
4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 230 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
231
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
Audio/Information Screen
Tune Up/Down Icons
Select or to tune the radio
frequency.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Audio Source
Select to change a band or change
an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to search up and
down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio
stations.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Scan
Select to sample each of the strongest
stations on the selected band for 10
seconds. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To listen to a stored channel,
select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).
Presets
Select to store a station.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 231 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
232
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the desired station.
2. Move to select Presets tab.
3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.
4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the desired station.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .
4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press
.
1. Tune to the desired station.
2. Change the display to the preset screen.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store a station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the desired station.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.
■
Preset Memory
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 217
You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU
button and selecting Change Source on the Audio
menu screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 232 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
233
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Rotate to select the station, then press .
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .
You can also update a station by the following procedure.
1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Refresh Station List, then press .
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 233 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
234
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
■ Radio text
Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button.
1. Select More.
2. Select Scan.
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 234 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
235
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Continued
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
CH
Channel AAA
001
Audio/Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Category Up/Down Icons
Select or to display and select
an SiriusXM® Radio category.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
To listen to a stored channel,
select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).
Presets
Select to store a channel.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to the previous
or next channel.
In channel mode, select and hold to
change the channel rapidly.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio
stations.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
Scan
Select to scan each channel.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 235 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
236
Features
1. Select the SiriusXM® mode.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 217
2 On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
P. 219
2. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .
2. Select a channel using the , , , icons on the tune mode screen or
the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.
To change the tune mode:
1. Select the SiriusXM® mode.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select XM Tune Mode, then press .
4. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .
2. Select More.
3. Select XM Tune Mode.
4. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
■
To Play the SiriusXM® Radio
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio channels load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 236 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
237
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
To store a channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Move to select Presets tab.
3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the channel.
4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store a channel by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .
4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that channel, then press
.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Change the display to the preset screen.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.
You can also store a channel by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that channel.
■
Preset Memory
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset
memory.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 237 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
238
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC
*1
format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Scan Icon
Select to provides 10-second
sampling of each tracks.
Random Icon
Select to plays all tracks/files in
random order.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current track/file.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track/file.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select to skip to the next folder,
and to skip to the beginning of the
previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 238 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
239
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and ACC files protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•
When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•
When you change the audio mode to CD.
•
When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Folder Selection
File Selection
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 239 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
240
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides
10-second sampling of the first file in each of the
main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files
in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
Random/Repeat is selected.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 240 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
241
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Port P. 215
Audio/Information Screen
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Album Bar
Select to search for an album.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
More
Select to display the menu items.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
Album Art
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Album Art Icon
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current song.
Pause/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
Shuffle Icon
Select to change a play mode in
album shuffle or shuffle all songs.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 241 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
242
Features
You can select albums in the category you selected by the Music Search list.
1. Select the album bar.
u The image of the current album is displayed.
2. Select or icon to search for an album.
u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.
■
How to Select an Album
1How to Select an Album
This function may not be available depending on
models or versions.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
X
Select an album
image.
Select the
album bar.
Album Bar
Album Image
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 242 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
243
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the Music Search list.
You can also select a song by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the list.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 255
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 243 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
244
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select Shuffle/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 244 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
245
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Continued
Features
Playing Internet Radio
Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
You can also connect the phone using your USB connector to the USB port.
Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.
Compatible phones only
iPhone
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art
USB Indicator
Appears when a phone is connected.
Rating Icon
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a song.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Audio Source
Select Pandora®
*
or Aha
TM
.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a song.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection. Move up,
down, right and left to select
secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 245 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
246
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
■ Operating a menu item
The menu items are shown in the lower half of
the audio/information screen.
Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Sound or Change Source, press the
MENU button, then press .
■
Pandora® Menu
• Skip Forward • Dislike
• Play/Pause • Bookmark Track
• Station List • Bookmark Artist
• Like • Sound
• Change Source
U.S. models
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call
1-888-528-7876.
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
U.S. models
U.S. models
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 256
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 246 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
247
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Features
You can operate some of the Aha
TM
menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.
The available items are:
■ Operating a menu item
The menu items are shown in the lower half of
the audio/information screen.
Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Sound, Change Source or Station
List, press the MENU button, then press .
■
Aha
TM
Radio Menu
• Like • Tracks
• Dislike • Reply
• Play/Pause • Sound
• 15sec rewind • Change Source
• 30sec skip • Station List
1Aha
TM
Radio Menu
Aha
TM
by Harman is a cloud-based service that
organizes your favorite web content into live radio
stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio,
location-based services, and audio updates from
social media sites.
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Aha
TM
Radio P. 258
The menu items vary depending on the station you
selected.
To use this service in your vehicle, the AcuraLink app
must be installed on your phone. Visit
owners.acura.com/apps for more information.
You must have a previously set up Aha account prior
to using the service in your vehicle. Visit
www.aharadio.com for more information.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 247 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
248
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port P. 215
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive
is connected.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then press
to set your selection. Move up, down, right
and left to select secondary menu.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current track/file.
Scan Icon
Select to provides 10-second
sampling of each tracks.
Random Icon
Select to plays all tracks/files in
random order.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a file.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select to skip to the next folder,
and to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 248 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 259
Files in WMA/ACC format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 255
Folder Selection
File Selection
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 249 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
250
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
Random/Repeat is selected.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 250 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
251
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 291
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Play Icon
Pause Icon
More
Select to display
the menu items.
Audio Source
Select to change
an audio source.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on and
off.
Interface Dial/
ENTER Button
Press and turn to
select an item,
then press to set
your selection.
Move up, down,
right and left to
select secondary
menu.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or
to change files.
MENU Button
Press to display
the menu items.
Folder Up/Down
Icons
Select or to
change folders.
On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
VOL (Volume) Knob
(Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Audio/Information
Screen
Sound Icon
Select to display
the Sound menu.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 251 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
252
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .
Select the play icon or pause icon.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone. This function may not be available
on some phones.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 252 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
253
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Features
Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your
compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
2 Phone Setup P. 291
■
Using Eyes Free
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
When operating the vehicle, only use Siri through the
Talk button.
1Using Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
Appears when Siri is
activated in Eyes Free
While in Eyes Free:
The display remains the same. No
feedback or commands appear.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold until the
display changes as shown.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate Siri.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 253 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
254
Features
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message Cause Solution
Unplayable File Track/file format not supported
●
Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Push Eject
Mechanical error
●
Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2 Protecting CDs P. 261
●
If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out
the disc.
●
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
●
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Mecha Error
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Servo error
Check Disc Disc error
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 261
Heat Error High temperature
●
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 254 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
255
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Features
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
USB Error
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the
audio system.
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s
Manual.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Unsupported Version
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
update the iPod software to the newer version.
Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Unplayable File
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about three seconds, then plays the next song.
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 255 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
256
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s Manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
No stations have been created.
Please create a station on the device.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may
skip each hour.
Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the
predetermined number of times in an hour.
U.S. models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 256 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
257
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Error Message Solution
Unable to save rating.
Unable to save bookmark.
or
Unable to skip.
Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.
No data
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
PANDORA App version is not supported.
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
PANDORA system maintenance.
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your
mobile device.
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 257 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
258
uuAudio Error MessagesuAha
TM
Radio
Features
Aha
TM
Radio
If an error occurs while playing Aha
TM
Radio, you may see the following error
messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s Manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again.
Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 258 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
259
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the display: Turn the interface dial until 0 appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the SOURCE button on the steering wheel,
or through the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
Loading:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
Ch off air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Ch unauthorized:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
No signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Ch unavailable:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
Check antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
•
US: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1-
800-852-9696
•
Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or
1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
•
In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
•
In tunnels
•
On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
•
Large items carried on the roof rack
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 259 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
260
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Features
Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■
CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 260 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
261
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Features
■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●
Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●
Small CDs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 261 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
262
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
• Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 6th generation) launch in 2010
iPod touch (1st to 4th generation) launch in 2010
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/
iPhone 6 Plus
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 262 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
263
Continued
Features
Customized Features
See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the
Vehicle Settings.
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating
while the power mode is ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
1Customized Features
When you customize setting, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and select to
(P.
To customize other features, rotate , move , ,
or , and press .
2 List of customizable options P. 268
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
SETTINGS Button
Audio/Information Screen
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 263 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
264
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ Customization flow
Press the SETTINGS button.
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Bluetooth Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Default
Display
System
Settings
Bluetooth
Sync Display Brightness
Factory Data Reset
Background Color
Header Clock Display
Clock
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock
LanguageOthers
Wallpaper
Clock/Wallpaper
Type
Display Operation Restriction Tips
Voice
Recog
Voice Prompt
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 264 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
265
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Turn by Turn Display
*
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Default
Memory Position Link
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Meter
Setup
Keyless
Access
Setup
Remote Start System On/Off
*
Easy Entry/Exit
Driving
Position
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
*
Blind Spot Info
*
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
*
ACC Display Speed Unit
*
Driver
Assist
System
Setup
*
Forward Collision Warning Distance
*
Language Selection
Auto Seatbelt Tension
*
Keyless Access Beep Volume
Reverse Alert Tone
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens
*
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
*
Vehicle
Settings
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 265 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
266
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Default
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Default
Sound
Source Select Popup
Cover Art
*1
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device
*1
Bluetooth Device List
*1
Audio
Settings
Maintenance ResetMaintenance Info.
Keyless Open Mode
Power Open By Outer Handle
Power
Tailgate
Setup
Camera
Settings
Preferred IDS ModeIDS Setup
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Door
Setup
*1: May change depending on your currently selected source.
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Lighting
Setup
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 266 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
267
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Add Bluetooth
Device
Disconnect
Default
Phone
Connect Phone
Edit Bluetooth
Device
Add Bluetooth
Device
Bluetooth Device
List
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Text/Email
Phone
Settings
Info Screen Preference
Clock Format
Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock Adjustment
Clock
Default
Info
Settings
Others
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 267 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
268
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Display
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the display brightness
synchronizes with the instrument panel
brightness.
On
*1
/Off
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen.
—
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 268 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
269
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Blue-
tooth
Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 291
—
Edit Pairing Code
Changes a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 293
Random/Fixed
*1
Voice
Recog
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. Beginner
*1
/Expert
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital
*1
/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
●
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●
Deletes an imported wallpaper (default
wallpapers can be deleted).
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 227
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/
Metallic
Clock Adjustment
Adjusts Clock.
2 Clock P. 128
—
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H
*1
/24H
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 269 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
270
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Others
Language Changes the display language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Display Operation
Restriction Tips
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving.
On
*1
/Off
Background Color
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen and the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
Blue
*1
/Amber/Red/
Green
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On
*1
/Off
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 281
—
Default
Cancels /Resets all customized items in the
System Settings group as default.
Default/OK
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 270 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
271
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Driver
Assist
System
Setup
*
Forward Collision Warning
Distance
*
Changes at which distance FCW
*
or CMBS
TM*
alerts, or turns FCW
*
on and off.
Long/Normal
*1
/
Short/Off
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC with LSF range.
On/Off
*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
*
Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the
multi-information display (MID).
mph
*1
/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h
*1
(Canada)
Road Departure Mitigation
Setting
*
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/
Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info
*
Changes the setting for the blind spot
information.
Audible And Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert/
Off
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 271 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
272
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Meter
Setup
Language Selection
Changes the displayed language on the multi-
information display.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refuel/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.
When Refuel/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset
*1
Reverse Alert Tone
Causes the beeper to sound once when the
change the gear position to
(R.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Engine Idle Stop
Guidance Screens
*
Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop guidance
screens comes on.
On/Off
*1
Turn by Turn Display
*
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
on during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 272 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
273
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Keyless
Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver’s Door or
Tailgate Only
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Access Beep
Volume
Changes the beep volume. High
*1
/Low
Keyless Access Light Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System On/
Off
*
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 273 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
274
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
/
15seconds
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
60seconds/
30seconds/
15seconds
*1
/
0seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity
Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
Driving
Position
Setup
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system using a
remote transmitter on and off.
On
*1
/Off
Easy Entry/Exit
Moves the seat fully rearward and steering wheel
fully up when you get in/get out of the vehicle.
Changes the setting for this feature.
Seat & Steering
Wheel
*1
/Seat Only/
Steering Wheel
Only/Off
Auto Seatbelt Tension
*
Turns the setting for the automatic seat belt e-
pretensioner activation on and off.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 274 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
275
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Door
Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for the automatic locking
feature.
With Vehicle
Speed
*1
/Shift from P/
Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted to
Park/All Doors When
Ignition Switched
Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in
key.
Driver Door
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 275 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
276
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Power
Tailgate
Setup
Keyless Open Mode
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens.
Anytime
*1
/When
Unlocked
Power Open By Outer
Handle
Selects whether to enable the power tailgate
open operation using the tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual Only)/
On (Power/
Manual)
*1
IDS
Setup
Preferred IDS Mode
Changes the IDS mode setting for when you set
the power mode to ON.
Last Used
*1
/Comfort/
Normal/Sport
Mainte-
nance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service.
—
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle Settings group as default.
Default/OK
Camera
Settings
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default.
Default/OK
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 276 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
277
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
Sound
Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 229
-6 ~ C
*1
~ +6 (Bass,
Treble and
Subwoofer), -9 ~ C
*1
~ +9 (Fader,
Balance), Off/Low/
Mid
*1
/High (SVC)
Source Select Popup
Selects whether the list of selectable audio
sources comes on when the AUDIO button is
pressed.
On/Off
*1
Cover Art
Turns on and off the cover art display. On
*1
/Off
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.
—
Bluetooth Device List
Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device paired
to HFL.
—
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
iPod, USB, Pandora®
*
or Aha
TM
mode
Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora®
*
or Aha
TM
mode
Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora®
*
or Aha
TM
mode
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 277 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
278
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Settings
Phone
Connect Phone
Pairs a new phone to HFL, or connects or
disconnects a paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 291
—
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 291
—
Edit Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Phone Setup P. 291
—
Auto Transfer
Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Answer
Sets whether to automatically answer an
incoming call after about four seconds.
On/Off
*1
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.
Fixed/Mobile
Phone
*1
/Off
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On/Off
Use Contact Photo
Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call
screen.
On
*1
/Off
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 278 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
279
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Settings
Text/
Email
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text message/e-mail message function
on and off.
On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a mail or text message account. —
New Text/Email Alert
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text message/E-
mail.
On/Off
Message Auto Reading
Selects whether the system automatically reads
out messages, and, if selected, whether only
when driving.
On/Off/Auto
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 279 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
280
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info
Settings
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock
See System Settings on P. 268 to P. 270.
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Other Info Screen Preference
Selects either of the following to be displayed
when you press the INFO button.
• Info Top: Some of the available menu items
pop up.
• Info Menu: All available menu items pop up.
• Off: The menu item you selected last time is
displayed.
Info Top/Info
Menu
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 280 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
281
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,
then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
5. Rotate to select Yes, then press
again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Press to select OK.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 281 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
282
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.
Training HomeLink
If you have not trained any of the buttons in
HomeLink before, you should erase any
previously learned codes. To do this:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
Red Indicator
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 282 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
283
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
Features
■
Training a Button
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
2.
Continue to hold the HomeLink button and
follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.”
Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.
Standard transmitter
Indicator blinks rapidly for
2 secs, then remains on for
about 23 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
4.
a.
3.
2.
5.
a.
b.
1.
Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on
the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)
blink after 10 secs?
Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink
button at the same time. Then, while
continuing to hold the HomeLink button,
press and release the button on the remote
every 2 secs.
Does the LED blink within 20 secs?
Training
Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs,
then remains on.
HomeLink LED
is on.
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 283 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
284
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
See Navigation System Manual for how to operate Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the multi-
information display or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear
the phone information on the MID.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,
, or to select secondary menu.
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On.
2 Customized Features P. 263
Voice control tips:
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press the button when you want to call a
number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook
name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally
after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation an after ending the call.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Talk Button
Volume up
Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up
Button
Volume down
Interface Dial
PHONE
Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 284 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
285
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until
the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers
can be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 302
■
HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 263
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth® Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level
Status
Roam Status
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
Disabled Option
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 285 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
286
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
■ Phone Settings screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Phone
Connect
Phone
Bluetooth
Device List
(Existing
entry list)
Add Bluetooth
Device
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Disconnect
(Existing entry list)
Pair a phone to the system.
Add Bluetooth
Device
Pair a phone to the system.
Replace This
Device
Edit PIN
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a
new phone.
Delete This
Device
Delete a previously paired phone.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 286 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
287
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Manual Input
Edit Speed
Dial
New Entry
Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Delete All
Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Edit
Delete
(Existing
entry list)
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●
Change a number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
vehicle.
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four
seconds.
Select the ring tone.
Use Contact Photo
Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to
HFL.
Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
Automatic Phone Sync
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.
Default
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 287 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
288
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Text/Email
*1
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Select Account
Select a mail or text message account.
Enable Text/Email
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
New Text/Email Alert
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
text/e-mail message.
Message Auto Reading
Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected,
whether only when driving.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 288 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
289
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Phone screen
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button to display the
menu items.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Speed Dial
*1
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
More Speed Dials
Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 289 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
290
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Text/Email
*1
Message is
read aloud.
See the previous message.
(Read/Stop)
Previous
Next
See the next message.
System reads received message aloud, or stop message
from being read.
Reply
Call
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
Select Account
Select a message
and press .
Select a mail or text message account.
Redial
*1
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Call History
*1
All
Dialed
Received
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last 20 missed calls.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 290 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
291
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone
Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call
history and phonebook automatically imported to
HFL.
2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting P. 301
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 291 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
292
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Connect
Phone, then Add Bluetooth device.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 292 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
293
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
pairing code.
3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be six or four digits depending
on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 293 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
294
Features
■ To replace an already-paired phone
with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press .
4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,
then press .
5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
a new phone.
u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial
entries, and security PIN information from the
previously paired phone.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 294 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
295
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,
then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 295 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
296
Features
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Enable
Text/Email.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Text/Email Alert.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Options
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 296 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
297
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To set up the auto reading option
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Message
Auto Reading.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then
press .
1To set up the auto reading option
On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud.
Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud.
Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when
driving.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 297 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
298
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u
Rotate to select, then press .
Move to delete. Rotate to select
OK to enter the security PIN.
u
You can also enter a number using the
icons.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
4.
■
To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 298 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
299
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Answer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
■
Automatic Transferring
■
Auto Answer
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 299 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
300
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Ring
Tone.
3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Use
Contact Photo.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.
Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
■
Use Contact Photo
1Use Contact Photo
This function may not be available on some phones.
Phone settings
All Phone
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sy
Use Contact Photo
On
O
Default
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 300 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
301
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to HFL.
■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 301 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
302
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Rotate to
select Yes or No, then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 302 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
303
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
5. From the pop-up menu, rotate to select
Record, then press .
u After selecting Record, wait for the
beep(s) to sound before you state the
name.
6. Move and select OK to complete the
voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 303 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
304
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Clear, then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Delete, then press .
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 304 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
305
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say “Call” and the voice tag
name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or
“Call” and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 305 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
306
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Move to Search.
u You can use the keyboard on the touch
screen for an alphabetical search.
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number, phonebook name, or number using
voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 285
2 Speed Dial P. 302
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
for an alphabetical search.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 306 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
307
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
5. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number, phonebook name, or number using
voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 285
2 Speed Dial P. 302
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
to input numbers.
Select numbers, then to start dialing.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 307 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
308
Features
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
4. Move or to select All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button.
2. Shift the left selector wheel right to select
Call History.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the
following:
: Dialed calls.
: Received calls.
: Missed calls.
The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
Steering switches
111AAA####
Mr.AAA
Mr.BBB
On MID
Steering switches
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 308 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
309
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button.
2. Shift the left selector wheel left to select
Speed Dial.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
Move to select More Speed Dials to view another
paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call
from that list using the currently connected phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 302
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name
or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries.
Steering switches
111AAA####
Mr.AAA
Mr.BBB
On MID
Steering switches
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 309 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
310
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
instead of the and buttons.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 310 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
311
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the Phone
screen.
Rotate to select one of the available
options, then press .
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
Mute Icon
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 311 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
312
Features
HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
.
■
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text
message/e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-
mail message feature when conditions allow you to
do so safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to
On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 296
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 312 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
313
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to
be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Select
Account.
3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an
e-mail message account you want, then
press .
■
Selecting a Mail Account
1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
Move to select Select Account, then press .
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 313 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
314
Features
■ Displaying text messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
u Select account if necessary.
4. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move or
on the text message screen.
Message List
Text Message
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 314 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
315
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ Displaying e-mail messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a folder, then press .
5. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
1Displaying e-mail messages
Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the
message list screen at the same time. In this case, text
messages are titled No subject.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail Message
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 315 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
316
Features
■ Read or stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 314
2. Press to stop reading.
Press again to start reading the message
from the beginning.
■ Reply to a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 314
2. Move and rotate to select Reply,
then press .
3. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Message Sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•
Can’t talk, I’m driving.
•
I’m on my way.
•
Call you later.
•
OK
•
Yes
•
No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 316 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
317
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying text messages P. 314
2. Move and rotate to select Call, then
press .
John 0123456789####
Reply Call
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 317 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
318
Features
Compass
*
When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass
display appears.
Compass Calibration
If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need
to manually calibrate the system.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. On the top screen of any audio source,
press and hold for five seconds.
u The display switches to the Compass
settings screen.
3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press
.
4. When the display changes to Calibration
Start, press .
5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.
u The compass starts to show a direction
after the calibration. The CAL indicator
goes off.
1Compass
*
Compass operation can be affected under the
following conditions:
•
Driving near power lines or stations
•
Crossing a bridge
•
Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large
object that can cause a magnetic disturbance
•
When accessories such as antennas and roof racks
are mounted by magnets
1Compass Calibration
Calibrate the compass in an open area.
While setting the compass, press the BACK button to
cancel the setting mode and return to the previous
screen.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 318 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
319
uuCompass
*
uCompass Zone Selection
Features
Compass Zone Selection
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. On the top screen of any audio source,
press and hold for five seconds.
u The display switches to the Compass
settings screen.
3. Rotate to select Zone Adjust, then
press .
u The display shows the current zone
number the system is set to.
4. To change the zone, rotate to select the
zone number of your area (See Zone Map),
then press .
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Zone Map
Guam Island: Zone 8
Puerto Rico: Zone 11
1Compass Zone Selection
The zone selection is done to compensate the
variation between magnetic north and true north.
If the calibration starts while the audio system is in
use, the display returns to normal after the calibration
is completed.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 319 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
320
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 320 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
321
Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.
Before Driving................................... 322
Towing a Trailer................................ 327
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ..... 338
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 340
Automatic Transmission ................... 346
Shifting............................................ 347
Auto Idle Stop
*
................................ 355
Integrated Dynamics System (IDS)..... 359
Cruise Control
*
................................ 360
Front Sensor Camera
*
...................... 363
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF)
*
............................ 365
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with
Pedestrian Detection
*
.................... 379
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
..... 385
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
System
*
..................................... 389
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
.. 394
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System .............402
Agile Handling Assist System............ 404
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
...405
Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-
AWD®)
*
......................................... 407
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 408
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 410
Braking
Brake System ................................... 412
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 414
Brake Assist System ......................... 415
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
..................................... 416
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 425
Parking Sensor System
*
................... 426
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
..................... 430
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
................ 434
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 435
How to Refuel ................................. 436
Fuel Economy.................................... 437
Accessories and Modifications ........ 438
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 321 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
322
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressure, check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 469
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal.
Also check under the hood for leftover flammable
materials after you or someone else has performed
maintenance on your vehicle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 322 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
323
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 325
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 138
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 171
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 323 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
324
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 72
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 324 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
325
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,173 lbs (532 kg).
See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2 Specifications P. 536
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 536
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 325 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
326
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
1,173 lbs
(532 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
873 lbs
(396 kg)
Example2
Max Load
1,173 lbs
(532 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
423 lbs
(192 kg)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 326 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
327
Continued
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■ Total trailer weight
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in
or on it shown in the table.
Towing loads in excess of this can seriously
affect vehicle handling and performance and
can damage the engine and drivetrain.
*1:Accessory Front Towing Grille required whenever towing.
Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions:
• Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back
• Each occupant weights 150 lbs (68 kg)
• Each occupant has 15 lbs (7 kg) of cargo in the cargo area
Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and
maximum tongue load.
■
Towing Load Limits
1Towing Load Limits
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then
measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or
tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo
distribution.
Refer to the trailer owner’s manual for additional
information.
Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle’s first 600
miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 536
3
WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Total Load
Number of
occupants
4WD models with
ATF cooler
*1
4WD models
without ATF cooler
*1
2WD models
*1
2 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg)
3 4,750 lbs (2,155 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg)
4 4,500 lbs (2,041 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg)
5 4,250 lbs (1,928 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg)
6 4,000 lbs (1,814 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg)
7 Towing not recommended
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 327 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
328
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
■ Tongue load
The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately:
Boat trailers: 5 – 15% of the total trailer
weight
Other trailers: 10 – 15% of total trailer weight
Tongue Load
Tongue Load
Number of
occupants
4WD models with or ATF
cooler
2WD models
2 500 lbs (227 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg)
3 475 lbs (215 kg) 325 lbs (147 kg)
4 380 lbs (172 kg) 300 lbs (136 kg)
5 290 lbs (132 kg) 275 lbs (125 kg)
6 165 lbs (75 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg)
7 Towing not recommended
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 328 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
329
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Continued
Driving
■ To estimate the tongue load
Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway.
You can estimate the tongue load by measuring the trailer hitch height from the
ground in the following steps:
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
2. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch.
3. Connect the fully loaded trailer to the hitch.
4. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch
again.
5. Subtract the second measurement from the first measurement, then refer to the
following table.
If the difference becomes more than indicated in the table, distribute the load or
remove cargo as needed.
If the difference is 4WD models 2WD models
1 inches (2.5 cm) 150 lbs (68 kg)
1 1/2 inches (3.8 cm) 250 lbs (114 kg)
2 inches (5.1 cm) 350 lbs (159 kg)
2 3/8 inches (6.0 cm) 450 lbs (205 kg) —
2 5/8 inches (6.7 cm) 500 lbs (227 kg) —
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 329 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
330
Driving
■ How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale
Check each weight in the order indicated as shown.
Refer to the table on the right for each weight’s limit except for the tongue load.
2 Tongue load P. 328
• If you cannot weigh the rear axle, subtract 1 from 2.
• The maximum gross combined weight (4) decreases by 2% for every 1,000 feet
(305 meters) of elevation.
• To calculate the tongue load, subtract 5 from 6.
• Refer to the trailer owner’s manual for additional information.
1How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale
Fully load the vehicle and trailer. An attendant who
watches the scale is needed as all occupants should
stay in the vehicle.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then
measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or
tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo
distribution.
Weight limit for 2WD models 4WD models
Front gross axle
2,811 lbs
(1,275 kg)
2,910 lbs
(1,320 kg)
Gross vehicle
5,368 lbs
(2,435 kg)
5,677 lbs
(2,575 kg)
Rear gross axle
2,734 lbs
(1,240 kg)
2,965 lbs
(1,345 kg)
Gross combined
8,036 lbs
(3,645 kg)
9,833 lbs
(4,460 kg)
1. Front gross axle weight.
2. Gross vehicle weight.
4. Gross combined weight.
3. Rear gross axle weight.
5. Hitched trailer weight.
6. Unhitched trailer weight.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 330 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
331
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
Towing generally requires a variety of supplemental equipment.
To ensure the best quality, we recommend that you purchase Acura equipment
whenever possible.
■
Towing Equipment and Accessories
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and
setup of the equipment.
Improper installation and setup can affect the
handling, stability, and braking performance of your
vehicle.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.
Trailer packages and products:
•
Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc.
•
Wiring harness kit
•
Trailer hitch kit (jumper harness included)
2 Trailer brakes P. 332
Are available at a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 331 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
332
Driving
■ Trailer brakes
Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:
There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet.
If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not
attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as it will lower
braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard.
The 4-pin gray connector installed in your vehicle has all of the circuits required to
install most electric trailer brake controllers.
Have a qualified mechanic install your trailer
brake controller following the trailer brake
controller manufacturer’s instructions. Failure
to properly install the trailer brake controller
may increase the distance it takes for you to
stop your vehicle when towing a trailer.
1Trailer brakes
The 4-pin gray connector is located under the
instrument panel near the top of the parking brake
pedal.
Electric Brake
(Light Green) (20A)
Ground
(Brown)
Brake
(Green)
Stop
(Violet)
Trailer brake controller
connector’s terminals:
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 332 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
333
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
■ Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
We recommend that you have a dealer install a Acura wiring harness and converter.
They are designed for your vehicle.
■ Hitches
Read the trailer manufacturer’s instructions, and select the appropriate draw bar for
the height of the trailer you will be towing.
■ Weight distribution hitches
Your vehicle is designed to tow without the need for a load distributing hitch. If you
wish to use one, please consult your trailer maker for proper installation and set-up.
Improper set-up could degrade the handling, stability, and braking performance of
your vehicle.
1Trailer light
The trailer lighting connector is located behind the
left side panel in the cargo area.
Even if you are planning to use the non-Acura trailer
lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the
correct connector and pins.
+B Trailer Charge
+B Trailer Hazard Light
+B Trailer Hazard Light
+B Trailer Back Light
Back Light
+B ELEC Brake
Right Turn Signal
Stop Light
Pins’ wiring color codes and their purposes:
+B Trailer Small
IG2 HAC
Left Turn Signal
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 333 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
334
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
■ Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
■ Sway control
This device can be used if your trailer tends to sway. Your trailer maker can tell you
what kind of sway control you need and how to install it. Improper installation could
degrade the handling and stability of your vehicle.
■ Trailer mirrors
Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a
trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the
trailer creates a blind spot.
■ Front Towing Grille
An Accessory Front Towing Grille is required whenever a trailer is towed. You can
get the accessory grille at a dealer.
■ Automatic transmission cooler
An additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler is required to keep the
transmission from overheating when towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg). You
can get the additional ATF cooler at a dealer.
4WD models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 334 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
335
uuTowing a TraileruTrailer Stability Assist
*
Driving
Trailer Stability Assist
*
Helps to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer severely sways.
■ How trailer stability assist works
When the vehicle and trailer become unstable while driving, trailer stability assist
determines the cause. If the trailer oscillation is detected as the cause, and the
swaying increases, the system applies the brakes or controls engine output to reduce
vehicle speed.
Both the vehicle and trailer brake lights come on automatically if you brake to
reduce vehicle speed.
1Trailer Stability Assist
*
Trailer stability assist is not a function that prevents
the vehicle and trailer from swaying. Avoid high
speeds, abrupt steering, improper trailer load, and
sudden braking to keep the trailer from swaying.
When swayed too severely, the system becomes
ineffective, and you may loose control of your
vehicle, causing the trailer to roll over or get
damaged.
2 Driving Safely with a Trailer P. 336
Trailer towing sway is caused by:
•
Crosswinds
•
Improper towbar down load
•
Excessive Speed
The VSA® system indicator blinks during the trailer
stability assist operation.
2 VSA® Operation P. 402
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 335 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
336
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer
Driving
Driving Safely with a Trailer
• Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
• Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 327
• When towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,590 kg), use of gasoline with a pump
octane number of 91 or higher is recommended.
u Towing performance can be affected by high altitude, high temperature, or
steep uphill.
• Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
• Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
• Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
• Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare.
• Drive slower than normal.
• Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
• Use the
(D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
• Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
• Allow more time and distance for braking.
• Do not brake or turn suddenly.
■
Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
■
Towing Speeds and Gears
■
Turning and Braking
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer’s tires.
1Towing Speeds and Gears
When towing a fixed-sided trailer (e.g., camper), do
not exceed 55 mph (88 km/h).
At higher speeds, the trailer may sway or affect
vehicle handling.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 336 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
337
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
Driving
• Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the
climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool
down the engine if necessary.
• Change the gear position to (S position if the transmission shifts frequently.
If the vehicle tires slip when retrieving a boat from the water, keep the transmission
in
(D and do not use the sequential shift mode in (S. This prevents damage to the
transmission.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 531
■
Driving in Hilly Terrain
■
Retrieving a Boat
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 337 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
338
Driving
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher
ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not
designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-road activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat
different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it
does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get
acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.
Important Safety Precautions
To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and
recommendations:
• Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 325
• Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
• Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow.
• It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.
1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 30
2 Precautions While Driving P. 345
Spinning the tires can also damage the SH-AWD®
system.
3
WARNING
Improperly operating this vehicle on or off
pavement can cause a crash or rollover in
which you and your passengers can be
seriously injured or killed.
• Follow all instructions and guidelines in
this owner’s manual.
• Keep your speed low, and don’t drive
faster than conditions permit.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 338 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
339
uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble
Driving
Avoiding Trouble
• Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the
condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
• Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have
limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and
power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in
a hazardous situation.
• Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start
or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
• Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover
or damage to your suspension or other components.
• Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to
drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually
the safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it
before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it.
Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around.
Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
• Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water
in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully
before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground
underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find
another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The
water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and
causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
• If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you
unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could
damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need
to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 339 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
340
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
u Make sure the transmission is in
(P.
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
The engine will crank until it starts.
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control
system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless
access remote is weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 513
The engine may not start if the keyless access remote
is subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 10 seconds
before trying again.
Brake Pedal
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 340 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
341
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Change the gear position to (P.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button with your foot on the brake pedal.
■
Stopping the Engine
1Starting the Engine
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 341 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
342
Driving
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from
extended distances.
■ To start the engine
The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle.
To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the
button, then press and hold the button.
u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully.
After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that
the all the doors and the tailgate are locked.
■
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The engine may not start by the remote engine start
if:
•
You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the multi-information display (MID).
•
The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
•
The gear is in a position other than (P.
•
The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is
unlocked.
•
You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine.
•
Another registered keyless access remote is in the
vehicle.
•
There is any antenna failure.
•
Door is unlocked with the built-in key.
3
WARNING
Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing carbon monoxide can kill you or
cause unconsciousness.
Never use the remote engine starter when
the vehicle is parked in a garage or other
area with limited ventilation.
With the doors locked, Press the button,
then press and hold the button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink
during a vehicle
self check until the
engine starts.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while
the engine is running.
Red LED: Blinks when the
remote is out of the keyless
access system range.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 342 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
343
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
■ To stop the engine
Press and hold the button
for one second.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any
button is pressed.
Red LED:
●
Comes on for one second to let you
know that the engine has stopped.
●
Blinks when the remote is out of
the keyless access system range.
The engine will not stop.
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
•
The engine oil pressure is low.
•
The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
•
The telematics unit malfunctions.
•
The security system alarm is not set.
Before starting the engine, make sure to check the
door lock status using the remote. When you press
the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If
the red LED turns on, the doors and tailgate did not
lock, and the engine does not start.
While the engine is running, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
•
The air conditioning is activated in recirculation
mode.
•
The seat ventilation is activated
*
.
When it is cold outside:
•
The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
•
The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.
•
The seat and heated steering wheel are activated
*
.
2 Heated Steering Wheel
*
P. 196
2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat
Ventilation
*
P. 197, 198
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 343 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
344
Driving
1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button
simultaneously.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2 Parking Brake P. 412
3. Change the gear position to (D. Select (R when reversing.
4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Change the gear position to
(D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
The brakes remain engaged briefly as you release the brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
1Starting to Drive
The engine stops when the gear position is changed
from
(P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.
When the engine was started using the two-way keyless
access remote
*
When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote
*
When the engine was started in any case
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 344 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
345
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible.
• Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory).
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine,
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
■
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
■
In Rain
■
Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not change the gear position while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the system
heats up. The system goes into a protective mode,
and limits its performance. The steering wheel
becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the
system cools down, the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK) while driving, the engine will shut down
and all steering and brake power assist functions will
stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not change the gear position to
(N, as you will
lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 345 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
346
uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission
Driving
Automatic Transmission
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 30
2 Precautions While Driving P. 345
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 346 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
347
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift button positions
1Shifting
To prevent malfunction and unintended
engagement:
•
Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
•
Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons.
•
Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
The beeper sounds when you depress the accelerator
pedal with the gear position in
(N.
Change the gear position to
(D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures
(−22°F/−30°C), there may be a short delay before the
shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you
are in the correct gear before driving.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P
is shown
on the gear position Indicator.
Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling
Drive
Used for:
●
Normal driving (gears change between 1st
and 9th automatically)
●
Temporarily driving in the sequential
mode
Drive (S)
Used for:
●
Automatically changing gears between 1st
and 7th (7th gear is used only at high
speed)
●
Driving in the sequential mode
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 347 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
348
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
(P (park) button
Park your vehicle in a safe place with the
power mode in ON, then apply the brakes and
press the
(P button to put the transmission in
Park.
The indicators on the sides of the
(P button
come on.
(P Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 348 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
349
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Shift Operation
1Shift Operation
NOTICE
When you change (D to (R and visa versa, depress
the brake pedal to come to a complete stop, then
select the intended gear position while maintaining
brake pressure.
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the gear position before selecting
a shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,
or all the gear position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the
transmission is in
(N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may
be cut off even without the engine speed entering
the tachometer’s red zone.
The beeper sounds once when you change to
(R.
Gear Position Indicator
Tachometer’s red zone
Press the (P button.
Pull back the (R button.
Press the
(N button.
Press the
(D button.
Shift Button
Indicator
M (sequential mode)
Indicator
Sequential Mode Gear
Selection Indicator
Press the (D button twice.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 349 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
350
Driving
In freezing or sub-freezing conditions, the electronic gear selector response may be
slow.
Always depress the brake pedal before changing the gear position to
(P, and
confirm that (P is shown on the gear position indicator before releasing the brake.
■ When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position
automatically changes to (P.
• The vehicle is stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or
slower.
• The transmission is in other than
(P.
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from
(P with the brake pedal
depressed, the gear position will automatically return to
(P once you release
the brake pedal.
■ When turning off the power mode
If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in
other than (P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.
1When opening the driver’s door
You should always select
(P before opening the
driver’s door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 425
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position
has automatically changed to
(P under the described
conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the gear
position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock
the doors.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 350 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
351
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
■ If you want to keep the transmission in
(N position [car wash mode]
With the engine running:
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Select
(N.
3. Within five seconds, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
The power mode changes to ACCESSORY.
u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
u The gear position remains in
(N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15
minutes, then, it automatically changes to
(P and the power mode changes to
OFF.
Manually changing to
(P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on
and the power mode changes to OFF.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 351 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
352
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■ Restriction on selecting a gear position
You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to unexpected crashes or damage.
1. When the
transmission is in:
1. Under the circumstances
of that:
2. You cannot select:
3. The gear position
remains in/changes to:
How to change the
gear position
(P
The brake pedal is not
depressed.
Other gear position
(P
Release the accelerator
pedal and depress the
brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed without the brake pedal
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
(N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving forward. (R
Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, depress the
brake pedal, and select
the appropriate gear
position.
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D, (S
(R, (N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving.
You cannot press the (P
button.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 352 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
353
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 9th gears without removing your
hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.
■ When the transmission is in (D:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode
gear selection indicator will come on.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically
switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push (D button to return to normal
drive.
■ When the transmission is in (S
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator
and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on.
If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s
red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear.
You can cancel this mode by holding the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds. When
the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential
mode gear selection indicator go off.
■
Sequential Mode
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 353 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
354
Driving
■
Sequential Mode Operation
1Sequential Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear
change.
To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
Recommended Shift Points
Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel
economy and effective emission control.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks
when you try to shift up or down, this means your
vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
Shift Up Normal Acceleration
1st to 2nd 15 mph (24 km/h)
2nd to 3rd 25 mph (40 km/h)
3rd to 4th 40 mph (64 km/h)
4th to 5th 47 mph (76 km/h)
5th to 6th 52 mph (84 km/h)
6th to 7th 57 mph (92 km/h)
7th to 8th 62 mph (100 km/h)
8th to 9th 67 mph (108 km/h)
Downshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a lower gear)
Upshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a higher gear)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 354 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
355
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
*
Continued
Driving
Auto Idle Stop
*
To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle
comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The
indicator comes on.
The engine then restarts once the vehicle is
about to move again, and the indicator goes
off.
A message associated with Auto Idle Stop
appears on the MID.
2 Indicators P. 83
2 Customized Features P. 121
If the driver’s door is opened while the
indicator is comes on, a buzzer sounds to
notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is
in operation.
To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press
this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops.
u The Auto Idle Stop system will stop and
the indicator (Amber) in meter will come
on.
1Auto Idle Stop
*
The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is
specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop.
Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type
may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle
Stop from activating. If you need to replace the
battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a
dealer for more details.
The duration of the Auto Idle Stop operation:
•
Increases in the ECON mode, compared to when
the ECON mode is off, with climate control in use.
Auto Idle Stop may activate less frequently in such
conditions as a traffic jam.
■
Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
Press the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to restart the
engine from the idling stop.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 355 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
*
356
Driving
The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed.
■ Auto idle stop does not activate when:
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
• The engine coolant temperature is low or high.
• The transmission fluid temperature is low or high.
• The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5
km/h) after the engine starts.
• Stopped on a steep incline.
• A gear position other than
(D.
• The engine is started with the hood open.
u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate
Auto Idle Stop.
• The battery charge is low.
• The internal temperature of the battery is 14°F (−10°C). or less.
• The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below −4°F
(−20°C) or over 104°F (40°C).
• The climate control system temperature is set to the Hi or Lo.
• is ON (indicator on).
• When the rear fan is set to maximum speed.
u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate
control system is in use.
■
Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
When ACC with LSF is in operation, the vehicle stops
without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle
Stop may activate.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop
function is activated. If the hood is opened, the
engine will not restart automatically.
In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button changes
the power mode to ACCESSORY even while Auto Idle
Stop is in operation. Once in ACCESSORY, the engine
no longer restarts automatically. Follow the standard
procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 356 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
357
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
*
Continued
Driving
■ Auto idle stop may not activate when:
• The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly.
• The steering wheel is operated.
• The fan speed is high.
• Altitude is high.
• The vehicle is repeatedly accelerated and decelerated at a low speed.
• The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between
the set temperature and the actual interior temperature.
• Humidity in the interior is high.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 357 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
*
358
Driving
The brake pedal is released.
■ The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed when:
• The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
• When a steering wheel is operated.
• The gear position is in a position other than
(D.
• The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while
stopped on an incline.
• The pressure on the brake pedal is repeatedly applied and released slightly during
a stop.
• The battery charge becomes low.
• The accelerator pedal is depressed.
• The driver’s seat belt is unlatched.
• is ON (indicator on).
• The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set
temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
• The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior.
Briefly keeps the brakes applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine.
This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.
■
The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
■
Starting Assist Brake Function
1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
•
If you are using an electronic device during Auto
Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off
when the engine restarts.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 358 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
359
uuWhen DrivinguIntegrated Dynamics System (IDS)
Driving
Integrated Dynamics System (IDS)
Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are three IDS modes to select
from: Comfort, Normal, and Sport.
Press the IDS button to select a mode. The mode you have selected appears on the
MID.
You can customize the IDS mode default setting using the MID.
2 Customized Features P. 117
Normal
Balanced driving
performance for most
driving situations.
Sport
Enhances vehicle response
feel through decreased
steering assist, heightened
throttle response, increased
SH-AWD
*
torque bias, and
modified active sound
control.
Comfort
Maximizes driver comfort
through increased steering
assist.
IDS Button
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 359 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
360
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Cruise Control
*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a
constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
1Cruise Control
*
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
*
/
MAIN
*
button.
3
WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
■
Gear positions for cruise control:
In
(D or (S
When to use
Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.
■
Vehicle speed for cruise control:
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use
CRUISE MAIN is on in
the instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to
use.
■
Press the CRUISE
*
/MAIN
*
button on the steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 360 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
361
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Continued
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/– switch down when you
reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the RES/+/SET/– switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
RES/+/SET/− Switch
On when cruise control begins
Press down and release
On
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 361 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
362
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering
wheel.
• Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CRUISE
*
/MAIN
*
button.
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed pressing the RES/+/
SET/– switch down on the steering wheel when
adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake
pedals.
■
To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/
SET/– switch up while driving at a speed of at least
25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•
When the CRUISE
*
/MAIN
*
button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
CRUISE
*
/MAIN
*
Button
CANCEL Button
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 362 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
363
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
*
Continued
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
*
The camera, used in systems such as LDW, FCW with Pedestrian Detection, LKAS,
RDM, ACC with LSF, and CMBS
TM
, is designed to detect an object that triggers any
of the systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
*
Never apply a film or attach any objects to
windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even
minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or
installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 363 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
*
364
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
*
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the air flow directed towards the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 364 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
365
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Continued
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-distance behind a
vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle slows to a stop,
decelerates and stops your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the
brake or the accelerator.
When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake
lights will illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF.
Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always
keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other
vehicles.
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a
crash.
Use ACC with LSF only when driving on
expressways or freeways and in good
weather conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC with LSF has limited braking capability
and may not stop your vehicle in time to
avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly
stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with
LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at
the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■
Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D or (S.
The radar sensor is in
the front grille.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 365 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
366
Driving
■ How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
When the MAIN button is pressed, ACC with LSF and
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are both turned on
or off.
ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 371
When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive
cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will
turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
Do not use the ACC with LSF under the following
conditions.
•
On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
•
On roads with sharp turns.
•
On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, the ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to
maintain the set speed.
•
On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
■
Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the
instrument panel.
ACC with LSF is ready to
use.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 366 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
367
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Continued
Driving
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the
pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins.
When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about
25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. While stationary and a vehicle
is ahead of you, the vehicle speed can be set, even with the brake pedal depressed.
When ACC with LSF starts operating, the
vehicle icon, distance bars and set speed
appear on the MID.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when ACC with LSF
begins
Press down and release
RES/+/SET/− Switch
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Distance
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 367 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
368
Driving
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a
vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your
vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-distance from the
vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-distance P. 374
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed comes in or cuts in front of you
and is detected by the radar and the camera,
your vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, the beeper sounds and a message
appears on the MID.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
distance from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may
start accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
•
The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
•
A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the distance
between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle
detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the
ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC
Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
Beep
ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears
on the MID.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 368 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
369
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
■ There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your
vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
While stationary and no vehicle is detected,
ACC with LSF automatically cancels and a
beeper sounds.
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range.
ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal,
the system resumes the set speed.
There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is
lightly applied.
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the MID.
1When in Operation
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
distance when using ACC with LSF. Additionally,
ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 371
When your vehicle stops automatically because a
vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the
distance between the two vehicles will vary based on
the ACC with LSF following-distance setting, as
follows:
Short: 11.5 ft (3.5 m)
Middle: 11.5 ft (3.5 m)
Long: 13.1 ft (4.0 m)
Extra Long: 16.4 ft (5.0 m)
2 To Set or Change Following-distance P. 374
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 369 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
370
Driving
■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the MID.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the MID blinks. If you press
the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, or
depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with LSF
operates again within the previously set
speed.
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows
to a stop
3
WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with LSF system is operating
can result in the vehicle moving without
operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with LSF.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 370 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
371
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
■ Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■ Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• When the front of the vehicle tilts up due to heavy cargo in the cargo area or rear
seats.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 416
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 371 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
372
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 372 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
373
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering
wheel.
• Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
following-distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead.
To increase speed
To decrease speed
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 373 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
374
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
Press the (distance) button to change the
ACC with LSF following-distance.
Each time you press the button, the following-
distance (the interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of you) setting cycles through
short, middle, long, and extra long following-
distances.
Determine the most appropriate following-
distance setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-distance requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Set or Change Following-distance
Distance Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 374 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
375
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Continued
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-distance becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
Following-distance
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
83 feet
25 meters
1.1 sec
100 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
110 feet
33 meters
1.5 sec
137 feet
42 meters
1.5 sec
Long
154 feet
47 meters
2.1 sec
200 feet
61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
204 feet
62 meters
2.8 sec
265 feet
81 meters
2.8 sec
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 375 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
376
Driving
To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC with LSF indicator goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u When the LSF function has stopped the
vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF
by depressing the brake pedal.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set
speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/SET/
– switch up.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button.
Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then
set the desired speed.
CANCEL
Button
MAIN
Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 376 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
377
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
■ Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the MID when ACC with LSF is
automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to
automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS
TM
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your
vehicle.
• When a detected vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range while your vehicle
is stationary.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following
causes.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The engine is turned off.
• When trailer stability assist
*
is activated.
2 Trailer Stability Assist
*
P. 335
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed.
Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to
cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/– switch
up.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 377 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
378
Driving
Press and hold the (distance) button for one second.
Cruise Mode Selected appears on the MID for two seconds, and then the mode
switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and hold the button again for one second.
■
To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-distance from a vehicle
ahead of you.
ACC with
LSF ON
Cruise
Control ON
Distance Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 378 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
379
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection
*
Continued
Driving
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian
Detection
*
Alerts you when it determines the possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle
or pedestrian detected in front of you.
If the system determines a collision is possible, it gives visual and audible alerts.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes,
etc.).
■ How the system works
For a possible collision with a vehicle: Warnings may be given when your vehicle
speed is about 10 mph (15 km/h) and above.
For a possible collision with a pedestrian: Warnings may be given when your vehicle
speed is between about 10 and 62 mph (15 and 100 km/h).
1Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection
*
Important Safety Reminder
FCW with Pedestrian Detection cannot detect all
objects ahead and may not detect a given object;
accuracy of the system will vary based on weather,
speed and other factors. FCW with Pedestrian
Detection does not include a braking function. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can change the Forward Collision Warning
Distance setting or turn the system on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 117, 263
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
Long
Normal
Short
Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead
You can set Long, Normal or Short for when warnings start:
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 379 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
380
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection
*
Driving
The camera is located
behind the rearview mirror.
The beeper sounds and
the BRAKE message
appears in the MID until
a possible collision is
avoided.
Beep
Audible Alert
Visual Alerts
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 380 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
381
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection
*
Continued
Driving
■ Automatic shutoff
FCW with Pedestrian Detection may automatically shut itself off and the FCW with
Pedestrian Detection indicator comes and stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused FCW with Pedestrian Detection to shut off improve
or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 381 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
382
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection
*
Driving
In certain conditions FCW with pedestrian Detection may:
• Not activate, or may not detect a vehicle or pedestrian in front of your vehicle.
• Activate even when you are aware of a vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle or pedestrian ahead.
Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles or pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving over bumps.
■
FCW with Pedestrian Detection Conditions and Limitations
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 382 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
383
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection
*
Continued
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 383 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
384
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection
*
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
■ Limitations pedestrians only
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is squatting.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 384 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
385
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Continued
Driving
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Alerts you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally
crossing over detected lane markings.
If your vehicle is getting too close to detected
left or right side lane markings without a turn
signal activated, LDW will give tactile and
visual alerts.
The system applies steering torque you with
rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, and
the Lane Departure message appears on the
MID, letting you know that you need to take
appropriate action.
■
How the System Works
1Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LDW has limitations.
Over-reliance on LDW may result in a collision. It is
always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within
your driving lane.
LDW only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. LDW may not detect all
lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary
based on weather, speed and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 385 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
386
Driving
The system begins to search for lane markings when all the following conditions are
met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
Press the LDW button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on
when the system is on.
■
How the System Activates
■
LDW On and Off
1How the System Activates
LDW may automatically shut off and the LDW
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 72
Indicator
LDW Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 386 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
387
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Continued
Driving
LDW may not activate or may not recognize lanes, and may activate even when
keeping in the middle of a lane, under certain conditions. Some examples of these
conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■
LDW Conditions and Limitations
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 387 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
388
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)
*
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• When driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 388 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
389
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Continued
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your
vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close
to detected lane markings without a turn
signal activated, the system, in addition to a
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts
you with rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
lane.
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the MID.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 392
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions. If the Lane Departure
message displays repeatedly and you do not apply
responsive actions, the system beeps and cancels
RDM functions.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 389 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
390
Driving
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
■
How the System Activates
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 86
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
•
Not driven within a traffic lane.
•
Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
•
Driven in a narrow lane.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 390 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
391
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the MID when
the system is on.
■
RDM On and Off
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the MID, the system does
not operate the steering wheel and braking.
RDM Button
Indicator
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 391 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
392
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 392 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
393
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• When driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 393 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
394
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 107
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the front windshield and
prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. LKAS may not detect all
lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary
based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 400
LKAS may not function as designed on while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■
LKAS camera
Monitors the lane
lines
■
Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
■
Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the
steering to keep the vehicle between
the left and right lane lines. The applied
torque becomes stronger as the vehicle
gets closer to either of the lane lines.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 394 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
395
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
When the vehicle enters the warning area, lane
departure warning is provided by steering wheel
vibration and display.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 395 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
396
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
■ How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS is on in the MID.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the MID.
The system is activated.
■
When the System can be Used
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 396 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
397
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.
Models with ACC is shown.
■
To cancel
1When the System can be Used
The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to
detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines
again, it comes back on automatically.
1To cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF
on and off.
Pressing the MAIN button also turns cruise control
on and off.
Models with ACC
Models without ACC
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 397 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
398
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
■ The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate continuously.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate intermittently.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the MID
change to contour lines, and
the beeper sounds.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 398 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
399
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Continued
Driving
■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• When driving through a sharp curve.
• When driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
• When the ABS or VSA® systems engage.
A beeper will sound if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 399 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
400
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 400 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
401
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• When driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 401 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
402
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 402 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
403
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially turn the VSA features on and off,
press and hold it until you hear a beep.
The traction control stops fully functioning,
allowing the wheels to spin more freely at low
speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come
on.
To turn it on again, press the (VSA® OFF)
button until you hear a beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
With the button pressed, your vehicle will have
normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA®
traction and stability enhancement becomes less
effective.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the button pressed.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the button
pressed if you are not able to free it without.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
press the button again. We do not recommend
driving your vehicle with the button pressed
(indicator on).
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 403 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
404
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist System
Driving
Agile Handling Assist System
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during
cornering.
1Agile Handling Assist System
The agile handling assist system cannot enhance
stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive
and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions
and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, the agile handling assist system does
not activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the system is activated. This is
normal.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 404 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
405
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
Continued
Driving
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you
change lanes.
■ How the system works
1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over
reliance on BSI may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
•
The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to
obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind
Spot Info Not Available MID appearing.
•
The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the
message appearing.
The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the
following conditions:
•
A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
•
A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
•
The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10
km/h).
•
An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors:
underneath the
rear bumper
corners
Alert Zone
A
B
C
●
The transmission is in (D.
●
Your vehicle speed is
between 20 mph (32 km/h)
and 100 mph (160 km/h)
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 405 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
406
Driving
■ When the system detects a vehicle
1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
You can change the setting for BSI.
2 Customizable Features P. 120, 271
Turn the system off when towing a trailer.
The system may not work properly for the following
reasons:
•
The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the
radar coverage.
•
The trailer itself can be detected by the radar
sensors, causing the BSI alert indicators to come on.
BSI may be adversely affected when:
•
Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected.
•
An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
•
Driving on a curved road.
•
A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
•
The system picks up external electrical interference.
•
The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
•
The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
•
In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For proper BSI use:
•
Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
•
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
•
Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired,
or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.
■
Comes on when
●
A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
●
You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside
rearview mirror on both sides.
■
Blinks and the beeper sounds when
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.
Comes On
Blinks
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 406 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
407
uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
*
Driving
Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
*
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel
in accordance with the driving conditions.
SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like
slippery surfaces, such as snow, sand, mud, and steep hills, better than when driving
with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be
precautious about the following:
• It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply
brakes.
• Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.
1Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
*
NOTICE
Avoid continuously driving in sand or mud where a
wheel is likely to spin out, and do not drive once the
SH-AWD® indicator starts blinking. Driving
continuously under such conditions can damage the
system’s torque distribution unit.
Do not drive through deep water.
The SH-AWD® system may not function properly if
tire type and size are mixed.
Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and
the air pressures as specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 475
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 407 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
408
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the MID.
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 522
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•
Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•
Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of
changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you
are adjusting using audible and visual indications.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 522
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 408 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
409
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power
mode to ON, and roll the multi-function
steering-wheel controls until you see the tire
pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi
(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire
has significantly low pressure. The specific tire
is displayed on the screen.
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the MID can be slightly
different from the actual pressure as measured by a
gauge. If there is a significant difference between the
two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
and the message on the MID do not go off after you
have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have
the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you
drive with the compact spare tire, or there is a
problem with the TPMS.
If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the
system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously
for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is
reached. Stop filling the tire.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 409 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
410
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 410 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
411
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 411 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
412
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Depress the parking brake pedal down with
your foot.
To release:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Depress the parking brake.
■
Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
NOTICE
Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and Release
Parking Brake appears on the MID.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 412 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
413
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 415
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 414
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 413 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
414
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
•
When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
•
When tire chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 414 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
415
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 415 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
416
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
■ How the system works
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor
stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 420
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The radar sensor is
in the front grille.
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance
of a collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
When to use
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 416 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
417
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
■ When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through MID setting
options.
2 List of customizable options P. 120, 271
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 FCW with Pedestrian Detection Conditions
and Limitations P. 382
The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front
end of the dashboard.
Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Lens
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops
if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Head-up
Warning
Lights
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 417 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
418
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The sensors
detect a vehicle
E-pretensioner Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a
collision with the
vehicle ahead of
you.
—
When in Long, visual and audible
alerts come on at a longer distance
from a vehicle ahead than in
Normal setting, and in Short, at a
shorter distance than in Normal.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a
collision has
increased, time to
respond is
reduced.
Retracts the driver’s seat
belt gently a few times,
providing a physical
warning.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly
applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a
collision is
unavoidable.
Forcefully tightens driver
and front passenger seat
belts.
Forcefully
applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 418 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
419
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
Press this button until the beeper sounds to
switch the system on or off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
• The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the MID reminds you that the
system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is in the previously selected ON or
OFF setting each time you start the engine.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 420
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 419 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
420
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 363
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 420 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
421
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 421 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
422
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands or raised or they
are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 422 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
423
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
■ Automatic shutoff
CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS
TM
indicator comes and stays
on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g.,
cleaning), the system comes back on.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 423 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
424
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■ Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the
emblem.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBS
TM
off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 424 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
425
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
3. Change the gear position to
(P.
4. Turn off the engine.
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
•
Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•
Changing into (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P
is shown
on the gear position Indicator.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 425 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
426
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Driving
Parking Sensor System
*
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles near your vehicle. The beeper and
audio/information screen let you know the approximate distance between your
vehicle and the obstacle.
■ The sensor location and range
1Parking Sensor System
*
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when:
•
The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
dirt, etc.
•
The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumpy road, or a hill.
•
The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
•
The system is affected by some electronic devices
that generate ultrasonic waves.
•
Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense:
•
Thin or low objects.
•
Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
or sponge.
•
Objects directly under the bumper.
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less
Front Corner Sensors
Rear Corner Sensors
Rear Center Sensors
Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less
Front Center Sensors
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 426 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
427
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Continued
Driving
■ Parking sensor system on and off
With the power mode in ON, press the
parking sensor system button to turn on or off
the system. The indicator in the button comes
on and the beeper sounds when the system is
on.
The rear center and corner sensors start to
detect an obstacle when the transmission is in
(R, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph
(8 km/h).
The front corner sensors start to detect an
obstacle when the transmission is not in
(P,
and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8
km/h).
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 427 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
428
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Driving
■ When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter
*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Length of the
intermittent beep
Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle
Indicator Audio/information screen
Corner Sensors Center Sensors
Moderate —
Rear: About 43-24 in
(110-60 cm)
Blinks in Yellow
*1
Short
About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)
About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)
Blinks in Amber
Very short
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
Continuous
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
Blinks in Red
Indicators light where the
sensor detects an obstacle
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 428 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
429
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Driving
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button flashes.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.
■
Turning off All Rear Sensors
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you set the gear position to
(R, the indicator
in the parking sensor system button blinks as a
reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 429 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
430
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
3
CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 430 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
431
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor system is turned
on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 433
2 Refer to the navigation system
• The transmission is in (R.
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from
your vehicle, and it may not detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary
objects.
■
How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect an approaching
vehicle, or may delay alerting you under the following
conditions:
•
A vehicle, which is parked adjacent to your vehicle,
is blocking the radar sensor’s scope.
•
Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
•
A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 and 16 mph (10 and 25 km/h).
•
The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
•
Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
•
When there is bad weather.
•
Your vehicle is on an incline.
•
Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
•
The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed. Have a vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 431 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
432
Driving
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information
screen.
■
When the System Detects a Vehicle
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to when the
transmission is in
(R, mud snow or ice may have
accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the
bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly
clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on when the transmission is in
(R,
there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic
Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Wide ViewNormal View
Arrow Icon
Models with multi-view rear camera system
Top Down View
Rear Normal ViewRear Wide ViewRear Ground View
Arrow Icon
Models with surround view camera system
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 432 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
433
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Camera Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Cross Traffic Monitor, then press .
4. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .
5. Press the BACK button to exit the menu.
■
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 433 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
434
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
See the Navigation System Manual.
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to a rear view when the gear position is changed to
(R.
You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the
selector knob to switch the angle.
If the last used viewing mode is Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next
time you change the gear position to
(R. If Top view was last used, Wide mode is
selected.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you change the gear
position to
(R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 79 inches (2 m)
Approx. 118 inches (3 m)
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 434 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
435
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com In
Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more
information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 liters)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some
gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as
ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 435 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
436
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
How to Refuel
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Press the fuel fill door release button.
u The fuel fill door opens.
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the filler nozzle fully.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the fuel filler nozzle keeps turning off when the
tank is not full, there may be a problem with the
pump’s fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at
another pump. If this does not fix the problem,
consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Press
Cap
Holder
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 436 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
437
Driving
Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy
Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your
driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and
other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
MID.
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100 Liter
Kilometers L per 100 km
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 437 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
438
Driving
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories
installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s
airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 523
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Acura components that can affect its
handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is
properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,
territory, and local regulations.
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 438 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
439
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 440
Safety When Performing Maintenance..441
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 442
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 443
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 447
Opening the Hood ........................... 448
Engine Compartment Cover............. 449
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 450
Oil Check......................................... 451
Adding Engine Oil............................ 452
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter... 453
Engine Coolant................................ 455
Transmission Fluid............................ 457
Brake Fluid....................................... 458
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 458
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 459
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
... 465
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 469
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 470
Tire Labeling .................................... 470
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 472
Wear Indicators................................ 474
Tire Service Life................................ 474
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 475
Tire Rotation.................................... 476
Winter Tires ..................................... 477
Battery............................................... 478
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 480
Remote Control and Wireless
Headphone Care
*
........................... 482
Climate Control System Maintenance
..484
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 485
Exterior Care.................................... 487
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 439 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
440
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 458
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 469
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 459
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 465
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the multi-information display (MID).
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 445
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 545
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 440 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
441
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function
*
is activated.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 441 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
442
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same
high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 442 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
443
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the MID.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until the engine oil life appears on
the MID.
■
Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the MID.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 445
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
00
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Multi-function
Steering-wheel
Controls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 443 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
444
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display (MID)
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Soon 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to
6 percent. Once you switch the
display by rolling the multi-function
steering-wheel controls, this
message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and serviced
soon.
Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Roll the multi-function
steering-wheel controls to switch to
another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be inspected
and serviced as soon as possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a negative
distance appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Roll the multi-
function steering wheel control to
switch to another display.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
U.S.
Canada
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 444 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
445
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
•
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
•
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub Items
Main
Item
*1: If the message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display
is reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Check parking brake adjustment
●
Check expiration date for tire repair kit bottle
*
●
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
●
Inspect suspension components
●
Inspect driveshaft boots
●
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
●
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●
Inspect exhaust system
#
●
Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission
temperature. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission
fluid changed at 30,000 miles (48,000 km).
*5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under
-20°F, -29°C), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.
*6: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of
mechanical (Shear) stress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than
recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions,
have the differential fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump
*5
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
6
●
Replace rear differential fluid
*, *6
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 445 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
446
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Go to the Maintenance Info. group.
2 Customized Features P. 117
3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the MID.
4. Select Reset with the multi-function steering-wheel controls, then push the
multi-function steering wheel control.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
u To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the multi-function
steering-wheel controls.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Multi-function
Steering-wheel
Controls
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 446 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
447
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Washer Fluid
Radiator Cap
Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 447 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
448
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center
of the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.
4. Lift the hood up most of the way.
u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.
When closing, lower it to approximately 12
inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with
your hands.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop
function is activated.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 448 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
449
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover
Maintenance
Engine Compartment Cover
The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover.
You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work.
To remove the cover:
Remove the Engine Compartment Cover
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 449 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
450
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Genuine Acura Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 450 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
451
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.
Lower Mark
Upper Mark
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 451 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
452
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may
damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 452 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
453
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi-
information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Drain Bolt
Washer
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 453 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
454
Maintenance
4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the oil filter base, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter rubber seal.
7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
5.7 US qt (5.4 ℓ)
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Oil Filter
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 454 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
455
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Continued
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
If temperatures consistently below -22°F (-30°C) are
expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to
a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more
information.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
MAX
MIN
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 455 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
456
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 449
3. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and
relieve any pressure in the coolant system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
7. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Radiator Cap
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 456 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
457
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
■
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.1 or higher
1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) with
other transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE
3.1 (or higher) may adversely affect the operation
and durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and
damage the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) is
not covered by Acura’s new vehicle warranty.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 457 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
458
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the MID.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as
soon as possible.
Brake Reservoir
MIN
MAX
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 458 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
459
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
Headlight bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace
the light assembly.
Daytime Running Light Bulbs
Daytime running light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
Fog Light Bulbs
*
Fog light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace
the light assembly.
1Headlight Bulbs
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 459 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
460
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/Parking Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/Parking Light
Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the holding clip and screw, pull the
inner fender back.
2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs
Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/Parking Light: 28/8 W (Amber)
1Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/Parking Light Bulbs
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center
pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push
until it is flat.
Push until the
pin is flat.
Clip
Inner Fender
Bulb
Socket
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 460 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
461
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light and Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Continued
Maintenance
Brake Light and Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover.
u Starting at the bottom, carefully pull the
cover straight out, working upward until
all pins are removed from their the
grommets.
u The grommets should remain in the
body.
2. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove
the bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Brake Light: 21 W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
Bolts
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 461 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
462
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillight and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
Maintenance
4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
6. Slide the light assembly onto the guide on
the body.
7. Align the pins with the body grommets,
then push in until they fully seat.
Taillight and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
Taillight and rear side marker light bulbs are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Bulb Socket
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 462 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
463
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light
Maintenance
Back-Up Light
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge
using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
3. Insert a new bulb.
Back-Up Light: 21 W
Bulb
Socket
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 463 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
464
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light Bulbs
Rear license plate light bulbs are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light Bulbs
High-mount brake light bulbs are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Puddle Light Bulbs
*
Puddle light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 464 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
465
Continued
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Place a cloth on the edge of the lock tab.
Push the lock tab up with a flat-tip screw
driver.
3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm.
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.
Lock Tab
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 465 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
466
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.
5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new rubber blade.
u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves.
6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm,
then push down the lock tab.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
Retainer
Blade
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 466 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
467
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the wiper arm off.
2. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with
the indent.
3. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount to a new rubber blade.
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.
Blade
Retainer
Rubber
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 467 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
468
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Slide the wiper blade onto the holder.
u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 468 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
469
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month and before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 474
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 469 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
470
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a
The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b
The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c
The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d
The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P235/60R18 102V
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
235: Tire width in millimeters.
60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
18: Rim diameter in inches.
102: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 470 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
471
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 471 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
472
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 472 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
473
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 473 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
474
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 474 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
475
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS and vehicle stability assist (VSA®)
system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 475 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
476
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the MID helps to distribute
wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Rotation Mark
Front
Front
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 476 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
477
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked “M+S” tires, snow
tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles
when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Cable Chain ZT735
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 477 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
478
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
The battery condition is being monitored by the sensor on the negative terminal.
If there is a problem with the sensor, the warning message on MID will let you know.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 216
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 128
• The navigation system
*
is disabled.
2 Refer to navigation system manual
Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Please consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 478 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
479
uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery
*
Maintenance
Charging the AGM Battery
*
AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible
charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is
charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to
charge your vehicle’s AGM battery, consult a dealer.
1Battery
The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically
designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop.
Using a battery other than this specified type may
shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop
from activating. If you need to replace the battery,
make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer
for more details.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 479 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
480
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Models without remote control engine start system
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 480 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
481
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery
Maintenance
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
u As a convenience, lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold
them in place.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter.
3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery.
u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Models with remote control engine start system
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
The Remote transmitter is equipped with two
batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin
button battery and an integral non-replaceable
rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage
to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032
battery every three to four years.
Models with remote control engine start system
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 481 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
482
Maintenance
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care
*
Replacing the Battery
If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the rear
entertainment system, replace the battery.
1. Remove the cover.
2. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Remote Control
Models with Rear Entertainment System
1Replacing the Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Battery type: BR3032
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 482 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
483
uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care
*
uReplacing the Battery
Maintenance
If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the battery.
1. Remove the screw.
2. Open the cover.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Wireless Headphone
Battery type: AAA
Cover
Battery
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 483 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
484
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 484 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
485
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
off using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
■
Cleaning the Window
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 485 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
486
Maintenance
The front floor mats hook over the floor
anchors, which keep the mats from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
■
Floor Mats
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Lock
Unlock
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 486 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
487
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
Fold in the door mirrors.
Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Air Intake Vents
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 487 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
488
Maintenance
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up
spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 488 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
489
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 489 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
490
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 490 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
491
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 492
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
*
....................... 493
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
..... 500
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 512
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak ............................................. 513
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 514
Jump Starting.................................... 515
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 517
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On ............................................. 519
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 519
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 520
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On .................................................... 521
If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator Comes On...........521
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 522
If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message ............ 522
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 523
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 530
Emergency Towing........................... 531
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
.. 532
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
..533
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 491 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
493
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
*
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Change the gear position to
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
1Changing a Flat Tire
*
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,
as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 493 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
*
494
Handling the Unexpected
1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the
floor lid and open the lid.
2. Take out the cargo floor box.
3. Take the jack, wheel nut wrench, and jack
handle bar out of the tool case.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1Changing a Flat Tire
*
NOTICE
Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
your dealer or a professional towing service.
Handle
Cargo Floor Box
Tool Case
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 494 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
495
uuIf a Tire Goes Flat uChanging a Flat Tire
*
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
4. Remove the cover on the cargo area lining
to access the shaft for the spare tire hoist.
5. Put the wheel nut wrench with the jack
handle bar on the hoist shaft.
Turn the wrench to the left to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
6. Keep turning the wheel nut wrench to
create slack in the cable.
7. Remove the bracket from the spare tire.
Cover
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench
Bracket
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 495 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
496
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
8. Place a wheel block or rock in front and
rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
9. Place the compact spare tire wheel side up
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
10. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 496 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
497
uuIf a Tire Goes Flat uChanging a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
•
Do not use while the engine is running.
•
Use only where the ground is firm and level.
•
Use only at the jacking points.
•
Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
•
Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 497 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
*
498
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 498 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
499
uuIf a Tire Goes Flat uChanging a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the center cap and place the flat
tire face up under the hoist.
2. Insert the hoist bracket into the center hole
of the flat tire.
3. Turn the wheel nut wrench with the jack
handle bar clockwise until the flat tire rests
against the underbody of the vehicle and
you hear the hoist click.
4. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench
back in the tool case. Store the case in the
cargo area.
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes
on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will
start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem
appears on the multi-information display (MID), but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the MID
and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the jack and tools securely before
driving.
Center Cap
Wheel Nut Wrench
Jack Handle Bar
■
TPMS and the Spare Tire
1TPMS and the Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with
a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 499 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
500
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Change the gear position to
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to
have the vehicle towed.
•
The tire sealant has expired.
•
More than one tire is punctured.
•
The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4mm).
•
The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
•
Damage has been caused by driving with the tire
extremely under inflated.
•
The tire bead is no longer seated.
•
The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If
a different agent is used, you may permanently
damage the tire pressure sensor.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
No
Contact
Area
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 500 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
501
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
■
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
Instruction Manual
Air Only Hose (Black)
Pressure Relief
Button
Inflator Switch
Selector Switch
SEALANT/AIR side
Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
AIR ONLY side
Power Plug
Pressure Gauge
Tire Sealant
Expiration Date
Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 501 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
502
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
1. Pull the handle on the cargo area floor lid
and open the lid.
2. Take out the cargo floor box.
3. Take the kit out of the case.
4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
Handle
Cargo Floor Box
Case Tire Repair Kit
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 502 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
503
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Injecting Sealant and Air
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
3
WARNING
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
necessary.
Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 503 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
504
Handling the Unexpected
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 193
5. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 68
6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/
AIR.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
SEALANT/AIR side
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 504 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
505
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
8. When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
9. After the air pressure reaches 35 psi (240
kPa), turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.
10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
12. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 15
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle
and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Pressure Relief Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 505 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
506
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
13. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Repair Notification Label
■
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 506 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
507
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only
hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 509
6. If the air pressure is
• Less than 19 psi (130 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The leak
is too severe. Call for help and have your
vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 531
• 35 psi (240 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station.
Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
u If the air pressure does not go down after
the 10 minute driving, you do not need
to check the pressure any more.
Air Only Hose
AIR ONLY
side
ON
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 507 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
508
Handling the Unexpected
• Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less
than 35 psi (240 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the
tire until the tire pressure reaches 35 psi
(240 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 509
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station.
Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
u You should repeat this procedure as long
as the air pressure is within this range.
7. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 508 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
509
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 501
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve
stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Air Only Hose
Valve Cap
Valve Stem
Air Only Hose
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 509 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
510
Handling the Unexpected
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 193
8. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 68
9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
AIR ONLY
side
ON
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 510 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
511
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
*
Handling the Unexpected
12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 511 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
512
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the MID.
●
If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 513
uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 155
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
●
If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 478
●
If the interior lights come on normally
2 Fuses P. 523
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank.
2 Fuel Gauge P. 110
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 530
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 531
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 515
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 512 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
513
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the MID, the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes, and
the engine won’t start, start the engine as follows.
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the A logo on the keyless
access remote while the indicator on the
ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing.
The buttons on the keyless access remote
should be facing you.
u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
indicator changes from flashing to on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
ENGINE
START
STOP
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 513 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
514
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
The gear position automatically changes to
(P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched
off.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 514 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
515
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Pull up on the engine cover, remove it from
the pins.
u Start on the passenger side and lift the
outermost edge of the cover.
u Move towards the driver side while
applying uniform upward pressure.
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15
volts. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Engine Cover Pin
Booster Battery
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 515 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
516
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
5. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine hanger as
shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to
any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 516 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
517
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then, open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the mark may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
H
H
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 517 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
518
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle goes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone
down, contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve Tank MAX MIN
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 518 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
519
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
2 Oil Check P. 451
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 519 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
520
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on if there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
■ The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.
■ What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.
■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
the gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check
the fuel fill cap.
■
Tighten Fuel Cap Message
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 520 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
521
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 521 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
522
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or
the compact spare tire
*
is installed, the indicator blinks for about one
minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire
*
causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink
There is a problem with the transmission.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
• Select
(N after starting the engine.
u Check if the (N position in the instrument panel and the indicator
on the (N button light/blink.
u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set.
2 Starting the Engine P. 340
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
TPMS Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance
during tire pressure adjustment. With the power
mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or
down, the system alerts you as follows:
Below recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and exterior lights flash once every five
seconds.
At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds
and exterior lights flash rapidly for ~ five seconds.
Above recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and lights flash twice every three seconds.
1If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning
Message
You may not be able to start the engine.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 531
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 522 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
523
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
and check to see if any applicable fuse is
blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type A
Tab
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 STRLD
*2
7.5 A
2 − −
3 ACG FR 15 A
4Washer 15 A
5 − −
6 ECU FR 7.5 A
7 Starter
*2
7.5 A
8FI Sub 15A
9 DBW 15 A
10 FI Main 15 A
11 IG Coil 15 A
12 DRL R 10 A
13 DRL L 10 A
14 Injector 20 A
15 Radio
*1
20 A
*1:Models without Auto Idle Stop
*2:Models with Auto Idle Stop
16 Back Up 10 A
17 MG Clutch 7.5 A
18 FR Fog
*
(20 A)
19 − −
20 H/L HI R 7.5 A
21 − −
22 Small
*1
10 A
23 Gear Selector 15 A
24 H/L HI L 7.5 A
25 − −
26 H/L LO R 10 A
27 H/L LO L 10 A
28 Oil LVL 7.5 A
29 Main Fan 30 A
30 Sub Fan 30 A
31 Wiper Main 30 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 523 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
524
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the battery. Push the tabs to
open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type B
Tab
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Main Fuse 150 A
2
VSA MTR 40 A
VSA FSR 20 A
Stop&Horn Hazard
*
30 A
Hazard
*
RR Blower 30 A
DC/DC 3
*
60 A
RR F/B-2 60 A
AS F/B-2 60 A
EPS 60 A
3
H/L Washer
*
(30 A)
IG1B Main 30 A
R/B Main 60 A
DR F/B-1 50 A
AS F/B-1 50 A
RR F/B-1 60 A
IG1A Main 30 A
DR F/B-2 50 A
4 FI Main 40 A
5 FR Blower 40 A
6RR DEF 40A
7 IG1 Main ST 30 A
8
Stop & Horn
*
20 A
Stop
*
10 A
9 Hazard 15 A
10 BMS 7.5 A
11 Small LT
*
7.5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 524 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
525
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Located near the + terminal on the battery.
Pull up the cover.
Replacement of this fuse should be done by
a dealer.
Fuse location is shown on the back of the
positive battery terminal cover.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type C
Fuse
Positive Battery
Terminal Cover
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
Fan Main 60 A
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 525 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
526
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the outer side of the side panel cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
Type A
Fuse Box
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 AS Door Lock 10 A
2 RR AS Door Lock 7.5 A
3 DR Door Lock 7.5 A
4 FR AS Door Unlock 10 A
5 RR AS Door Unlock 7.5 A
6 DR Door Unlock 7.5 A
7 D/L Main 20 A
8 − −
9 ETS TELE 20 A
10 IG1 RR 15 A
11
Meter
*
Shifter
*
7.5 A
12 IG1 FR 20 A
13 ACC 7.5 A
14 − −
15 DR P/Seat (SLI) 20 A
16 S/R 20 A
17 RR DR P/W 20 A
18 Smart 10 A
19 FR DR P/W 20 A
20 − −
21 Fuel Pump 20 A
22 IG1 AS 15 A
23
ABS/VSA
*
Smart
*
7.5 A
24 ACG AS 7.5 A
25 STRLD
*
7.5 A
26 IG2 HAC 7.5 A
27 DRL (7.5 A)
28 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
29 DR P/Seat (LUM) 7.5 A
30 INT Lights 7.5 A
31 ETS TILT 20 A
32 DR P/Seat (REC) 20 A
33 − −
34 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 526 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
527
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the type A driver’s side
interior fuse box. Take off the cover to
open.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the back side of the side panel cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
Type B
*
Fuse Box Side Panel Cover
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 VST 1 30 A
2 Horn 10 A
3 VST 2 30 A
4 − −
5 − −
6 − −
7 − −
8 − −
9 Meter 10 A
10 RES
*
7.5 A
11 MICU 7.5 A
12 EPS/VSA 7.5 A
13 Audio/TCU 7.5 A
14 Back Up 10 A
15 Audio/ANC 20 A
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 527 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
528
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located on the lower side panel. Take off
the cover to open.
Fuse locations are shown on the cover.
■
Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse
Box
Cover
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 EPTR
*
(30 A)
2 RR AS P/W 20 A
3 ACM 20 A
4 FR DEF
*
(15 A)
5 AVS Heated Seat 20 A
6 FR AS P/W 20 A
7 AS P/Seat (SLI) 20 A
8 AS P/Seat (REC) 20 A
9 AS P/Seat (LUM) (7.5 A)
10 Spare 5 A
11 Heated Steering
*
(10 A)
12 − −
13 − −
14 RR ACC Socket 20 A
15 FR ACC Socket 20 A
16 − −
17 − −
18 AMP 30 A
19 SRS 10 A
20 AS ECU 7.5 A
21 Option 7.5 A
22 − −
23 − −
24 OPDS 7.5 A
25 ILLUMI (INT) 5 A
26 EPTL
*
(30 A)
27 CTR ACC Socket 20 A
28 AC INVTR (30 A)
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 528 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
529
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located on the left side of cargo area.
Remove the cover by prying on the edge of
the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.
Fuse locations are shown on the cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and box cover number.
■
Rear Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Fuse Box Cover
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 PTG Closer 20 A
2 Trailer Small LT
*
(20 A)
3 − −
4 Fuel Lid 7.5 A
5 Seat Slide 20 A
6 − −
7 RR Heat Seat
*
(20 A)
8 − −
9 Trailer Charge
*
(20 A)
10 Trailer Back LT
*
(7.5 A)
11 Trailer Hazard
*
(7.5 A)
12 Rear Wiper 10 A
13 Rear ECU 7.5 A
14 4WD (20 A)
15 − −
16 − −
17 Trailer E-Brake
*
(20 A)
18 PTG MTR 40 A
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 529 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
530
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories
off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 523 to P. 529.
There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse
box.
Combined
Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 530 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
531
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■ Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle’s weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
All models
2WD models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 531 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
532
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Lift the cargo floor lid by the handle in the
center.
3. Remove the cargo floor box and set it aside.
4. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip
screwdriver. Put it into the cover slot as
shown in the image, and remove the cover.
5. Pull the release lever toward you.
u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
■
What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
1What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
Cover
Release Lever
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 532 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
533
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure.
1. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip
screwdriver. Put it into the cover as shown
in the image, and remove the cover.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while sliding the lever to the right.
■
What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
1What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
What to do-following up
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.
Cover
Lever
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 533 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
534
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 534 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
535
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 536
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number ......................................... 538
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 539
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 540
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 541
Warranty Coverages ........................ 543
Authorized Manuals......................... 545
Client Service Information ............... 546
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 535 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
536
Information
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
*1: 2WD models
*2: AWD models
Model Acura MDX
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 2nd Row 3
3rd Row 2
Total 7
Weights:
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
U.S.: 5,368 lbs (2,435 kg)
*1
5,677 lbs (2,575 kg)
*2
Canada:
2,575 kg
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
U.S.: 2,811 lbs (1,275 kg)
*1
2,910 lbs (1,320 kg)
*2
Canada:
1,320 kg
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
U.S.: 2,734 lbs (1,240 kg)
*1
2,965 lbs (1,345 kg)
*2
Canada:
1,345 kg
Gross Combined Weight
Rating
U.S.: 8,036 lbs (3,645 kg)
*1
9,833 lbs (4,460 kg)
*2
Canada:
4,460 kg
Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Charge Quantity 23.8 – 25.6 oz (675 – 725 g)
Lubricant Type PAG RL897
■ Engine Specifications
■ Fuel
■ Washer Fluid
Displacement 211.8 cu-in (3,471 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7B11G
Type
Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane
number of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 19.5 US gal (73.8 ℓ)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 4 US qt (3.8 ℓ)
Canada: 5.6 US qt (5.3 ℓ)
■ Light Bulbs
■ Brake Fluid
Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED
Fog Lights
*
LED
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/
Parking Lights
28/8 W (Amber)
Daytime Running Lights LED
Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door
Mirrors)
LED
Brake Lights 21 W
Rear Side Marker Lights LED
Taillights LED
Back-Up Lights 21 W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light LED
Puddle Lights
*
LED
Interior Lights
Front, Second Row and Third
Row Lights
LED
Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W
Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W
Door Inner Handle Lights LED
Console Compartment Light 1.4 W
Glove Box Light 1.4 W
Foot Lights 5 W
Cargo Area Lights 5 W
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 536 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
537
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Automatic Transmission Fluid
■ Rear Differential Fluid
*
■ Transfer Assembly Fluid
*
Specified
Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.1
or higher
Capacity Change 3.5 US qt (3.3 ℓ)
Specified Acura DPSF-II
Capacity Change 1.92 US qt (1.82 ℓ)
Specified
·Acura Hypoid Gear Oil HGO-1
·Hypoid gear oil SAE 75W-85 or SAE 90 (API
grade GL4 or GL5)
Capacity Change 0.45 US qt (0.43 ℓ)
■ Engine Oil
■ Engine Coolant
Recommended
·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 5.4 US qt (5.1 ℓ)
Change
including
filter
5.7 US qt (5.4 ℓ)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.93 US gal (7.3 ℓ)
(change including the remaining 0.19 US gal
(0.72 ℓ) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
*1: Model with 18 inch wheel
*2: Model with 19 inch wheel
Regular
Size
245/60R18 105H
*1
245/55R19 103H
*2
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
35 (240 [2.4])
Compact
Spare
*
Size T165/80D17 104M
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
18 x 8J
*1
19 x 8J
*2
Compact Spare
*
17 x 4T
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 537 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
538
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number and transmission number are
shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number
Automatic Transmission
Number
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 538 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
539
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission)
and Industry Canada Standard, described below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation
of the device.
AcuraLink
Audio System
Blind Spot Information System
*
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM*
Immobilizer System
Remote Transmitter
Keyless Access System
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 539 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
540
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 540 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
541
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has “Readiness Codes,” as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some States use these codes as a test to see if your vehicle’s emissions components
are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The
malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the
readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in
(P. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 541 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
542
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D. Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 542 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
543
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for
rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 543 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
544
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 544 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
545
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners:
Manuals be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone
at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■ For Canadian Owners:
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 545 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
546
Information
Client Service Information
Acura dealer personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership’s service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership’s management, contact Acura Client Relations/
Services.
U.S. Owners:
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Acura Client Relations
Mail Stop 500-2N-7E
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners:
Honda Canada Inc.
Acura Client Services
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-Mail: ch_acura_c[email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands:
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•
Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number P. 538
•
Date of purchase
•
Odometer reading of your vehicle
•
Your name, address, and telephone number
•
A detailed description of the problem
•
Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 546 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Index
547
Index
Index
A
AAC................................................... 238, 248
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 414
AC Power Outlet ...................................... 194
Accessories and Modifications ................ 438
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 193
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 365
Indicator ................................................... 87
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 455
Engine Oil ............................................... 450
Washer ................................................... 458
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 450
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 185
Front Seats.............................................. 175
Head Restraints....................... 178, 179, 180
Headlights .............................................. 459
Mirrors.................................................... 172
Rear Seats............................................... 182
Second Row Seat .................................... 176
Steering Wheel ....................................... 171
Temperature ........................................... 113
Agile Handling Assist System .................. 404
Aha
TM
Menu ............................................. 247
Aha
TM
Radio.............................................. 258
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System).................................................... 200
Changing the Mode................................ 203
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 207
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 484
Rear Climate Control System ................... 208
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 205
Sensors.................................................... 212
Synchronized Mode ................................. 204
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Air Pressure ....................................... 470, 537
Airbags ........................................................ 41
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47
After a Collision......................................... 45
Airbag Care............................................... 55
Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 48
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44
Indicator.............................................. 53, 77
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 54
Sensors...................................................... 41
Side Airbags .............................................. 50
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 52
AM/FM Radio ............................................ 231
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 414
Indicator.................................................... 77
Armrest ..................................................... 185
Audio Remote Controls............................ 217
Audio System ............................................ 214
Adjusting the Sound................................ 229
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 215
Error Messages ........................................ 254
General Information ................................ 259
Internet Radio ......................................... 245
iPod ........................................................ 241
MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 238, 248
Reactivating ............................................ 216
Recommended CDs................................. 260
Recommended Devices............................ 262
Remote Controls ..................................... 217
Security Code.......................................... 216
Shortcuts................................................. 220
Theft Protection ...................................... 216
USB Flash Drives.............................. 248, 262
USB Port.................................................. 215
Authorized Manuals ................................ 545
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 141
Customize....................................... 123, 275
Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 355
OFF Button.............................................. 355
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)............... 83
Auto Idle Stop System Indicator
(Amber)..................................................... 83
Automatic Intermittent Wipers............... 164
Automatic Lighting .................................. 160
Automatic Transmission........................... 346
Creeping................................................. 346
Fluid........................................................ 457
Kickdown................................................ 346
Operating the Shift Button ...................... 349
Shifting ................................................... 347
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 215
Average Fuel Economy ............................ 113
Average Speed ......................................... 114
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 547 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
548
Index
AWD .......................................................... 407
B
Back-Up Light............................................ 463
Battery....................................................... 478
Charging System Indicator ................. 73, 519
Jump Starting .......................................... 515
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 478
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 33
Beverage Holders...................................... 191
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System........ 405
Indicator .................................................... 90
Bluetooth® Audio ..................................... 251
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ..................... 284
Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 67
Brake System............................................. 412
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 414
Brake Assist System ................................. 415
Brake System Indicator............................... 72
Fluid ........................................................ 458
Foot Brake ............................................... 413
Indicator ............................................ 72, 521
Parking Brake .......................................... 412
Brake System (Amber)
Indicator .................................................... 72
Brake System (Red)
Indicator ............................................ 72, 521
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 167
BSI (Blind Spot Information) System........ 405
Bulb Replacement .................................... 459
Back-Up Light.......................................... 463
Brake Light and Turn Signal Light ............ 461
Daytime Running Light ............................ 162
Fog Lights ............................................... 459
Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker/
Parking Light ......................................... 460
Headlights............................................... 459
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 464
LED Puddle Light ..................................... 464
Puddle Lights........................................... 464
Rear License Plate Light ........................... 464
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Light...................................................... 460
Taillight and Rear Side Marker Light ........ 462
Bulb Specifications ................................... 536
C
Car Wash Mode ........................................ 351
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 68
Carrying Cargo ................................. 323, 325
CD Player................................................... 238
Center Pocket ........................................... 190
Certification Label.................................... 538
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 459
Charging System Indicator................. 73, 519
Child Safety................................................. 56
Childproof Door Locks............................. 140
Child Seat.................................................... 56
Booster Seats ............................................ 67
Child Seat for Infants ................................ 58
Child Seat for Small Children .................... 59
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 63
Larger Children ......................................... 66
Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 58
Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 60
Childproof Door Locks............................. 140
Cleaning the Exterior............................... 487
Cleaning the Interior ............................... 485
Client Service Information....................... 546
Climate Control System ........................... 200
Changing the Mode................................ 203
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 207
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 484
Rear Climate Control System................... 208
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 205
Sensors ................................................... 212
Synchronized Mode ................................ 204
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 200
Clock ......................................................... 128
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
) ................................................ 416
Coat Hook ................................................ 195
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ................................................. 416
Compact Spare Tire.......................... 493, 537
Compass.................................................... 318
Console Compartment............................. 189
Controls .................................................... 127
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 548 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
549
Index
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 455
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 456
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 455
Overheating............................................ 517
Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 346
Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 430
Cruise Control .......................................... 360
Indicator ................................................... 81
Cup Holders.............................................. 191
Customized Features ....................... 117, 263
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 162
Dead Battery ............................................ 515
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows................................................. 207
Detachable Anchor .................................... 38
Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 539
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 159
Rearview Mirror ...................................... 172
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 451
Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 158
Door Mirrors............................................. 173
Doors ........................................................ 129
Auto Door Locking.................................. 141
Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 141
Door Open Message ................................. 32
Keys........................................................ 129
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside............................................... 13, 138
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 131
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 135
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 472
Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 48
Driving....................................................... 321
Automatic Transmission........................... 346
Braking.................................................... 412
Cruise Control ......................................... 360
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 338
Shifting Gear ........................................... 347
Starting the Engine .................................. 340
Driving Position Memory System............. 169
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 484
E
Elapsed Time............................................. 114
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 402
Emergency ................................................ 531
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 541
Engine ....................................................... 538
Coolant ................................................... 455
Jump Starting .......................................... 515
Oil ........................................................... 450
Remote Engine Start................................ 342
Starting ................................................... 340
Engine Compartment Cover .................... 449
Engine Coolant......................................... 455
Adding to the Radiator............................ 456
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 455
Overheating ............................................ 517
Temperature Gauge ................................ 110
Engine Oil ................................................. 450
Adding.................................................... 452
Checking................................................. 451
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 443
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 73, 519
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 450
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 155
e-pretensioners........................................... 35
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System ............................................... 79, 521
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 68
Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 487
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 173
F
FCW (Forward Collision Warning)........... 379
Features .................................................... 213
Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 484
Oil........................................................... 453
Flat Tire............................................. 493, 500
Floor Mats................................................. 486
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 549 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
550
Index
Fluids
Automatic Transmission........................... 457
Brake....................................................... 458
Engine Coolant........................................ 455
Windshield Washer.................................. 458
Fog Lights.................................................. 162
Folding Down the Second Row Seat ....... 183
Folding Down the Third Row Seat .......... 184
Foot Brake................................................. 413
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with
Pedestrian Detection .............................. 379
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 44
Front Seats ................................................ 175
Adjusting................................................. 175
Front Sensor Camera ................................ 363
Fuel...................................................... 20, 435
Economy ................................................. 437
Gauge ..................................................... 110
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 114
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 76
Range...................................................... 114
Recommendation .................................... 435
Refueling................................................. 435
Fuel Economy............................................ 437
Fuel Fill Cap......................................... 20, 436
Message.................................................. 520
Fuel Fill Door....................................... 20, 436
Unable to Unlock..................................... 532
Fuses .......................................................... 523
Inspecting and Changing ......................... 530
Locations ......................... 523, 526, 528, 529
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 437
Gauge..................................................... 110
Information ............................................. 435
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 76
Refueling................................................. 435
Gauges ...................................................... 110
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 74, 349
Gear Shift Positions
Automatic Transmission .......................... 347
Glass (care)................................................ 488
Glove Box.................................................. 188
H
Handling the Unexpected........................ 491
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)............................... 284
Auto Answer........................................... 299
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook
and Call History ..................................... 301
Automatic Transferring............................ 299
Displaying Messages................................ 314
HFL Buttons............................................. 284
HFL Menus .............................................. 286
HFL Status Display ................................... 285
Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 285
Making a Call.......................................... 305
Options During a Call .............................. 311
Phone Setup............................................ 291
Receiving a Call ....................................... 310
Receiving a Text Message/e-mail ............. 312
Ring Tone ............................................... 300
Selecting a Mail Account......................... 313
Speed Dial .............................................. 302
To Create a Security PIN.......................... 298
To Set Up a Text/e-mail message
Options................................................. 296
Use Contact Photo.................................. 300
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
HDMI Jack..................................................... 7
Head Restraints ........................ 178, 179, 180
Headlight Washers................................... 166
Headlights ................................................ 159
Aiming.................................................... 459
Automatic Operation .............................. 160
Dimming......................................... 159, 162
Operating ............................................... 159
Heated Door Mirrors ............................... 168
Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 196
Heated Windshield Button...................... 168
Heater (Steering Wheel).......................... 196
Heaters (Seat)................................... 197, 198
HFL (HandsFreeLink®) .............................. 284
High Beam Indicator.................................. 79
Hill Start Assist System............................. 344
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 282
I
Identification Numbers............................ 538
Engine and Transmission......................... 538
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 550 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
551
Index
Vehicle Identification............................... 538
IDS (Integrated Dynamics System) .......... 359
IDS Button ................................................ 359
Illumination Control ................................ 167
Button .................................................... 167
Immobilizer System.................................. 149
Indicator ................................................... 80
Indicators.................................................... 72
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................... 87, 365
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 77
Auto Idle Stop........................................... 83
Auto Idle Stop System............................... 83
Blind Spot Information (BSI) .............. 90, 406
Brake System (Amber)............................... 72
Brake System (Red) ........................... 72, 521
Charging System............................... 73, 519
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) .......................................... 90, 91
CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 81, 361
CRUISE MAIN.................................... 81, 360
Fog Lights ................................................. 80
Gear Position ............................................ 74
High Beam................................................ 79
Immobilizer System ................................... 80
Keyless Access System............................... 82
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ................ 85
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ... 89, 396
Lights On .................................................. 80
Low Fuel ................................................... 76
Low Oil Pressure ............................... 73, 519
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............................. 79
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 73, 520
Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 72, 521
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 86
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 34, 76
Security System Alarm ............................... 81
Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System .................................... 79, 521
Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
.............. 82
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 53, 77
System Message ........................................ 81
Turn Signal ................................................ 79
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System............................................. 78, 402
VSA® OFF .......................................... 78, 403
Information............................................... 535
Instrument Panel ........................................ 71
Brightness Control................................... 167
Integrated Dynamics System (IDS)........... 359
IDS Button............................................... 359
Interface Dial ............................................ 218
Interior Lights ........................................... 186
Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 172
iPhone ............................................... 245, 262
iPod ................................................... 241, 262
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 497
Jump Starting ........................................... 515
K
Key Number Tag....................................... 130
Keyless Access System .............................. 132
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 135
Keys........................................................... 129
Lockout Prevention.................................. 135
Number Tag............................................ 130
Rear Door Won’t Open............................ 140
Remote Transmitter................................. 131
Two-way Keyless Access Remote ............. 129
Types and Functions ................................ 129
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission)....... 346
L
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ............. 385
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)......... 394
Indicator.................................................... 89
Language (HFL) ........................................ 285
LATCH (Child Seats).............................. 61, 64
LDW (Lane Departure Warning) ............. 385
LED Puddle Light ...................................... 134
Lights................................................. 159, 459
Automatic............................................... 160
Bulb Replacement ................................... 459
Daytime Running Lights........................... 162
High Beam Indicator.................................. 79
Interior.................................................... 186
Light Switches......................................... 159
Lights On Indicator .................................... 80
Turn Signals ............................................ 158
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 551 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
552
Index
Load Limits................................................ 325
Locking/Unlocking .................................... 129
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 141
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 140
From Inside.............................................. 138
From Outside........................................... 131
Keys ........................................................ 129
Using a Key ............................................. 135
Lockout Prevention System...................... 135
Low Battery Charge.................................. 519
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 76
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 73, 519
Lower Anchors...................................... 61, 64
Lubricant Specifications Chart ................. 537
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit).............. 325
Lumbar Support........................................ 175
M
Maintenance............................................. 439
Battery..................................................... 478
Brake Fluid............................................... 458
Cleaning.................................................. 485
Climate Control System ........................... 484
Coolant ................................................... 455
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 443
Oil ........................................................... 451
Precautions.............................................. 440
Radiator................................................... 456
Remote Control ....................................... 482
Remote Transmitter ......................... 480, 481
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 459
Safety...................................................... 441
Service Items ........................................... 445
Tires ........................................................ 469
Transmission Fluid ................................... 457
Under the Hood ...................................... 447
Wireless Headphone................................ 483
Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 73, 520
Map Lights................................................ 187
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 325
Meters, Gauges......................................... 110
MID (Multi-information Display)............. 111
Mirrors ...................................................... 172
Adjusting ................................................ 172
Door ....................................................... 173
Exterior ................................................... 173
Interior Rearview ..................................... 172
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 438
Moonroof ................................................. 154
MP3 ................................................... 238, 248
Multi-function Steering-wheel
Controls................................................... 111
Multi-Information Display (MID)............. 111
Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 434
N
Numbers (Identification).......................... 538
O
Odometer ................................................. 112
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 338
Oil (Engine) .............................................. 450
Adding ................................................... 452
Checking ................................................ 451
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 443
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 73, 519
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 450
Viscosity.................................................. 450
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
............. 219
Opening/Closing
Hood ...................................................... 448
Moonroof ............................................... 154
Power Windows...................................... 152
Tailgate................................................... 142
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel....................................... 155
Outside Temperature Display ................. 113
Overheating ............................................. 517
P
Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) ......... 354
Pandora® .................................................. 246
Panic Mode............................................... 151
Parking ..................................................... 425
Parking Brake........................................... 412
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator ........................................... 72, 521
Parking Sensor System............................. 426
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 552 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
553
Index
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator................. 54
Passing Indicators..................................... 159
Power Tailgate ......................................... 144
Power Windows ....................................... 152
Precautions While Driving....................... 345
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility
Vehicle.................................................. 345
Rain ........................................................ 345
Pregnant Women....................................... 39
Puncture (Tire) ................................. 493, 500
R
Radiator.................................................... 456
Radio (AM/FM) ......................................... 231
Radio (SiriusXM®)..................................... 235
Radio Data System (RDS) ......................... 233
Range........................................................ 114
RDS (Radio Data System) ......................... 233
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 541
Rear Climate Control System................... 208
From the Front Panel............................... 208
From the Rear Panel................................ 211
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button..................................................... 168
Rear Seats ................................................. 182
Second Row Seat ............................ 182, 183
Third Row Seat ....................................... 184
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 172
Refueling .................................................. 435
Fuel Gauge ............................................. 110
Gasoline .......................................... 435, 536
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 76
Regulations ............................... 410, 472, 539
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback ................................................. 342
Checking Door Lock Status ...................... 136
Remote Transmitter ................................. 131
Replacement
Battery ............................ 480, 481, 482, 483
Bulbs ....................................................... 459
Front Wiper Blade Rubber........................ 465
Fuses ............................... 523, 526, 528, 529
Rear Wiper Blade Rubber......................... 467
Tires ........................................................ 475
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 540
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 113
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 173
Right Selector Wheel........................ 111, 117
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 389
On and Off.............................................. 391
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 27
Safety Check ............................................... 32
Safety Labels ............................................... 69
Safety Message ............................................. 1
Seat Belts..................................................... 33
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 37
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 35
Checking................................................... 40
Detachable Anchor.................................... 38
e-pretensioners ......................................... 35
Fastening .................................................. 36
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 63
Pregnant Women ...................................... 39
Reminder .................................................. 34
Warning Indicator ............................... 34, 76
Seat Heaters...................................... 197, 198
Seat Ventilation........................................ 197
Seats .......................................................... 175
Adjusting ................................................ 175
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 175
Front Seats .............................................. 175
Rear Seats ............................................... 182
Seat Heaters.................................... 197, 198
Seat Ventilation....................................... 197
Second Row Seat ............................ 182, 183
Third Row Seat........................................ 184
Second Row Outer Seats Heaters............ 198
Second Row Seat (Folding Down) ........... 183
Security System......................................... 149
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 80
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 81
Select Button ............................................ 347
Operation................................................ 349
Select Lever................................................. 18
Operation.................................................. 18
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 60
Sequential Mode ...................................... 353
Sequential Mode Operation.................... 354
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 553 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
554
Index
Setting the Clock ...................................... 128
SH-AWD® (Super Handling-All Wheel
Drive
TM
).................................................... 407
SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor.. 115
Shift Button......................................... 18, 347
Shifting (Transmission)....................... 18, 347
Shoulder Anchor......................................... 37
Side Airbags ................................................ 50
Side Curtain Airbags................................... 52
SiriusXM® Radio ........................................ 235
Snow Tires ................................................. 477
Spare Tire .......................................... 493, 537
Spark Plugs................................................ 536
Specifications ............................................ 536
Specified Fuel.................................... 435, 536
Speedometer............................................. 110
Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System
Indicator ............................................ 79, 521
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 44
Starting Assist Brake Function ................. 358
Starting the Engine .................................. 340
Does Not Start ......................................... 512
Jump Starting .......................................... 515
Remote Engine Start ................................ 342
Steering Wheel ......................................... 171
Adjusting................................................. 171
Heater ..................................................... 196
Stopping.................................................... 425
Summer Tires ............................................ 477
Sunglasses Holder..................................... 196
Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®) .............................................. 407
Indicator.................................................... 82
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 44
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel)............................................. 4, 5, 155
Synchronized Mode ................................. 204
System Message Indicator.......................... 81
T
Tachometer............................................... 110
Tailgate ..................................................... 142
Unable to Open....................................... 533
Temperature
Gauge..................................................... 110
Outside Temperature Display................... 113
Temperature Gauge................................. 110
Temperature Sensor......................... 113, 212
Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 501
Third Row Seat (Folding Down) .............. 184
Third Row Seat Access.............................. 182
Tie-down Anchors .................................... 195
Time (Setting) ........................................... 128
Tire Fill Assist .................................... 408, 522
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) ..................................................... 408
Indicator............................................ 79, 522
Tire Fill Assist................................... 408, 522
Tire Repair Kit........................................... 500
Tires .......................................................... 469
Air Pressure..................................... 470, 537
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 469
Inspection ............................................... 469
Labeling.................................................. 470
Puncture (Flat Tire) .......................... 493, 500
Regulations............................................. 472
Rotation.................................................. 476
Spare Tire ....................................... 493, 537
Summer.................................................. 477
Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 501
Tire Chains.............................................. 477
Tire Repair Kit ......................................... 500
Wear Indicators....................................... 474
Winter .................................................... 477
Tools ......................................................... 492
Towing a Trailer....................................... 327
Equipment and Accessories..................... 331
Load Limits ............................................. 327
Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 337
Emergency.............................................. 531
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System).................................................... 408
Indicator ........................................... 79, 522
Trailer Stability Assist............................... 335
Transmission....................................... 18, 347
Automatic......................................... 18, 347
Fluid ....................................................... 457
Gear Position Indicator...................... 74, 349
Number .................................................. 538
Sequential Mode..................................... 353
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 554 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
555
Index
TRIP Button .............................................. 112
Trip Meter ................................................ 113
Troubleshooting ...................................... 491
Blown Fuse ..................... 523, 526, 528, 529
Brake Pedal Vibrates ................................. 23
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door ......... 24
Emergency Towing ................................. 531
Engine Won’t Start ................................. 512
Noise When Braking ................................. 25
Overheating............................................ 517
Puncture/Flat Tire ............................ 493, 500
Rear Door Won’t Open ..................... 23, 140
Warning Indicators.................................... 72
Turn Signals.............................................. 158
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 79
Turn-by-Turn Directions .......................... 115
Two-way Keyless Access Remote ............ 129
U
Under-floor Storage Area ....................... 190
Unlocking the Doors................................ 131
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside................................................. 13, 138
USB Flash Drives ....................................... 262
USB Port.................................................... 215
V
Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 7
Vehicle Identification Number................ 538
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 402
Off Button............................................... 403
Off Indicator.............................................. 78
System Indicator ................................ 78, 402
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 450, 537
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) .................. 402
W
Warning and Information Messages......... 92
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 519
Warning Labels........................................... 69
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately)............................................... 543
Watts ......................................................... 536
Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 474
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 497
Window Washers...................................... 163
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 458
Switch ..................................................... 163
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 152
Windshield ................................................ 163
Cleaning.................................................. 488
Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 207
Washer Fluid ........................................... 458
Wiper Blades ........................................... 465
Wipers and Washers................................ 163
Winter Tires .............................................. 477
Snow Tires............................................... 477
Tire Chains .............................................. 477
Wipers and Washers................................. 163
Automatic Intermittent Wipers ................ 164
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 465
Front ....................................................... 163
Rear ........................................................ 165
WMA................................................. 238, 248
Worn Tires ................................................ 469
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 555 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
16 ACURA MDX-31TZ56200.book 556 ページ ２０１５年３月４日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
